# footverse

bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5110" title="Go to Luke 1:41">Luke 1:41 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Bible calls Elizabeth’s yet-to-be-born son, John, a “baby.”</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5111" title="Go to Luke 1:42">Luke 1:42 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the fruit of your womb.” This is the same word used for the “fruit” of the tree of life in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.22.2" href="/passage/?search=Rev.22.2&version=TPT">Rev. 22:2 f </a> . Jesus is “fruit” for us to take in as our life supply.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5112" title="Go to Luke 1:43">Luke 1:43 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>An obvious prophetic revelation was given to Elizabeth from the Holy Spirit about what had happened with Mary.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5116" title="Go to Luke 1:47">Luke 1:47 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Savior.” The first recorded person to call Jesus Savior was his mother, Mary. She rejoices in God not simply as her Creator, but as Life Giver and Savior.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5117" title="Go to Luke 1:48">Luke 1:48 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic text is “He set his gaze upon the willingness of his mother.”</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5119" title="Go to Luke 1:50">Luke 1:50 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Mary is quoting <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.103.17" href="/passage/?search=Ps.103.17&version=TPT">Pss. 103:17 j </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.111.9" href="/passage/?search=Ps.111.9&version=TPT">111:9 j </a> .</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5122" title="Go to Luke 1:53">Luke 1:53 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Mary is quoting <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.107.9" href="/passage/?search=Ps.107.9&version=TPT">Ps. 107:9 k </a> .</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5124" title="Go to Luke 1:55">Luke 1:55 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Mary understood by revelation that the Christ child would fulfill the promises of mercy that God gave to Abraham. See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.22.16" href="/passage/?search=Gen.22.16&version=TPT">22:16-18 l </a> .</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5125" title="Go to Luke 1:56">Luke 1:56 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The cultural practice of the Hebrews was for the mother to do nothing but rest during the first three months of pregnancy.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5128" title="Go to Luke 1:59">Luke 1:59 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This ceremony was an important time of celebration in Jewish culture, for another child was born under the covenant of God with Israel. See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.17.4" href="/passage/?search=Gen.17.4&version=TPT">17:4-14 n </a> ; Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.12.1" href="/passage/?search=Lev.12.1&version=TPT">12:1-3 n </a> .</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5132" title="Go to Luke 1:63">Luke 1:63 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The name John means “God’s gift” or “God is gracious.”</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5138" title="Go to Luke 1:69">Luke 1:69 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Literal translation of the Aramaic. The Hebrew is “a horn of salvation,” which signifies strength and fighting power.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5140" title="Go to Luke 1:71">Luke 1:71 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Zechariah is quoting from <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.106.10" href="/passage/?search=Ps.106.10&version=TPT">Ps. 106:10 q </a> .</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5141" title="Go to Luke 1:72">Luke 1:72 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There is amazing Hebrew poetry contained in this passage. The names of John, Zechariah, and Elizabeth are all found in this verse. “He has shown us mercy” or “God’s gracious gift” is found in the name John. “He has remembered” is the name Zechariah. “His holy covenant” is the name Elizabeth.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5142" title="Go to Luke 1:73">Luke 1:73 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “serve.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5142" title="Go to Luke 1:73">Luke 1:73 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The word translated as “purity” here is a Hebraic homonym for “priesthood.”</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5143" title="Go to Luke 1:76">Luke 1:76 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Literal translation of the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5143" title="Go to Luke 1:76">Luke 1:76 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Zechariah quotes from Mal. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mal.3.1" href="/passage/?search=Mal.3.1&version=TPT">3:1 v </a> .</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5145" title="Go to Luke 1:78">Luke 1:78 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some believe this is a quote from Mal. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mal.4.2" href="/passage/?search=Mal.4.2&version=TPT">4:2 w </a> . Jesus the Savior is the dawning light of a new day to this dark world. This “sunrise” is the appearing of Jesus, the Messiah.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5146" title="Go to Luke 1:79">Luke 1:79 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “manifestation from heaven” as translated from the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5146" title="Go to Luke 1:79">Luke 1:79 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Zechariah is quoting from Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.9.2" href="/passage/?search=Isa.9.2&version=TPT">9:2 y </a>  and 59:8.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5147" title="Go to Luke 1:80">Luke 1:80 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Both of John’s parents were full of the Holy Spirit (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.1.41" href="/passage/?search=Luke.1.41&version=TPT">vv. 41 z </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.1.67" href="/passage/?search=Luke.1.67&version=TPT">67 z </a> ). John was raised in a Spirit-filled home.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5148" title="Go to Luke 2:1">Luke 2:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is ironic that the Roman emperors viewed themselves as “gods” while the little baby born in a feeding trough was the true God incarnate.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5150" title="Go to Luke 2:4">Luke 2:4 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>“Nazareth” is taken from a Hebrew word for “branch” (Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.11.1" href="/passage/?search=Isa.11.1&version=TPT">11:1 b </a> ).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5150" title="Go to Luke 2:4">Luke 2:4 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The distance from Nazareth to Bethlehem is about sixty-five miles (105 kilometers) and would have taken a number of days for them to arrive. Bethlehem, or <i>Byt-lehem</i>, means “house of bread,” the prophesied birthplace of Messiah. However, the Hebrew word <i>lechem</i> is a homonym for “fighter” or “warrior.” Jesus was born in “the house of fighters.” This is the city of David, one of the greatest fighters in the entire Bible. Perhaps this is why the people of Jesus’ day expected him to fight the Romans and free their land from foreign occupation. Jesus fulfilled both aspects of the meaning of Bethlehem in Gethsemane and on the cross, where he fought the “Goliath” of our souls and won, becoming bread for the world. God controls all events, proven by the prophecy that Jesus would be born in Bethlehem, even though his parents were living in Nazareth. See Mic. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mic.5.2" href="/passage/?search=Mic.5.2&version=TPT">5:2 c </a> .</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5151" title="Go to Luke 2:6">Luke 2:6 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the Greek word <i>kataluma</i>. This is not an “inn” but simply the upstairs level of a home where guests would stay. It means there was no guest room available in Bethlehem for Mary to give birth. Since all of Joseph’s and Mary’s family also made the journey because of the census, every home of a relative would have been full. In that day Bethlehem was far too small of a village to have an actual inn, all the <i>katalumai</i> there were occupied. It is likely that Joseph and Mary had to sleep downstairs in the main room of a relative’s house. The downstairs of a village home in that day was like an all-purpose room that served as a workshop during the day, and at night it was used to shelter frail animals, while the rest of the flock was left outdoors. The <i>kataluma</i> was not a full-fledged barn or stable, but it did contain a drinking trough or manger cut in the bedrock. This was the likely place where the baby Jesus was placed after his birth.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5152" title="Go to Luke 2:8">Luke 2:8 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Many scholars believe that these could be the same fields where sacrificial flocks were kept for temple worship. How fitting that these shepherds would hear the announcement of the birth of the Lamb of God. Others believe these fields could have been near the field of Boaz, or the fields where David once watched over the flocks of his father, Jesse.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5155" title="Go to Luke 2:11">Luke 2:11 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek text says, “the city of David.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5155" title="Go to Luke 2:11">Luke 2:11 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Translated literally from the Aramaic text. This is one of the most amazing statements found in the Gospels declaring the deity of Jesus Christ.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5155" title="Go to Luke 2:11">Luke 2:11 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>A baby lying in a feeding trough where animals were kept nearby, wrapped in strips of cloths, became a sign of the Man-Savior’s life on earth. He entered the world as a lowly baby, and though he is the mighty God, he lived his life on earth in gentleness before all. The shepherds that night were possibly near Bethlehem at Migdal Eder, “the [watch] tower of the flock.” This would fulfill both the prophecies of Mic. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mic.5.2" href="/passage/?search=Mic.5.2&version=TPT">5:2 h </a>  and Mic. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mic.4.8" href="/passage/?search=Mic.4.8&version=TPT">4:8 h </a> , which say, “to you it [he] will come, your dominion [kingdom] from old will arrive.” It was at the lower floor of the watchtower (Migdal Eder) that the birthing of the Passover lambs would take place. Selected ewes that were about to give birth would be brought there. After the birth of the lambs, the priestly shepherds would wrap the lambs in cloth and lay them in a manger lined with soft hay to prevent them from hurting themselves, for Passover lambs must be unblemished with no bruise or broken bone. The miracle sign for these priestly shepherds would be a baby boy lying where the Passover lamb should be—in a manger, wrapped in strips of cloth. It was at the cradle of Jesus Christ that the kingdom from ancient times arrived on earth.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5157" title="Go to Luke 2:14">Luke 2:14 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Luke’s Gospel is the Gospel of peace. The four prominent sacrifices of the Old Testament are emphasized in the four Gospels. In Matthew we see the death of Christ in the figure of the trespass offering, in Mark the sin offering, in Luke the peace offering, and in John the burnt offering. The peace God gives us is emphasized in Luke’s Gospel, which is why the angels announced peace and hope. On the day of his resurrection Jesus said, “Peace to you.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5157" title="Go to Luke 2:14">Luke 2:14 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “good will.”</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5158" title="Go to Luke 2:15">Luke 2:15 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Manifestation” in the Aramaic text. The Greek is the word <i>rhema</i>.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5165" title="Go to Luke 2:22">Luke 2:22 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This comes from Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.12.1" href="/passage/?search=Lev.12.1&version=TPT">12:1-7 l </a> . When a son was born, the mother went through a forty-day period of purification, and then she was to offer a sacrifice to complete the process.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5165" title="Go to Luke 2:22">Luke 2:22 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The ark of the covenant, signifying the presence of God, had been absent from the temple since 586 BC, when the Babylonians destroyed the temple. Herod’s temple had no ark of covenant until Jesus came into the temple that day. God returned to the temple when Mary carried her baby into its courts. What a dramatic moment! See Mal. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mal.3.1" href="/passage/?search=Mal.3.1&version=TPT">3:1-2 m </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5165" title="Go to Luke 2:22">Luke 2:22 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.13.2" href="/passage/?search=Exod.13.2&version=TPT">13:2 n </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.13.12" href="/passage/?search=Exod.13.12&version=TPT">12 n </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5165" title="Go to Luke 2:22">Luke 2:22 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Because Joseph and Mary were rather poor, not yet having received the gifts brought by the wise men, they offered a pair of doves or pigeons instead of a lamb (Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.12.8" href="/passage/?search=Lev.12.8&version=TPT">12:8 o </a> ). Mary offered a sin offering, showing her need of a Savior. Jesus would one day be offered as her true Lamb.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5166" title="Go to Luke 2:25">Luke 2:25 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>“The Refreshing of Israel” is a name for Jesus that can also be translated “The Encourager of Israel.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5166" title="Go to Luke 2:25">Luke 2:25 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Simeon’s name means “he who hears.”</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5169" title="Go to Luke 2:29">Luke 2:29 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Manifestation” in the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5170" title="Go to Luke 2:32">Luke 2:32 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is a fulfillment of many Old Testament prophecies, such as those found in Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.9.2" href="/passage/?search=Isa.9.2&version=TPT">9:2 s </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.40.5" href="/passage/?search=Isa.40.5&version=TPT">40:5 s </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.42.6" href="/passage/?search=Isa.42.6&version=TPT">42:6 s </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.49.6" href="/passage/?search=Isa.49.6&version=TPT">49:6 s </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.51.4" href="/passage/?search=Isa.51.4&version=TPT">51:4 s </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.60.1" href="/passage/?search=Isa.60.1&version=TPT">60:1-3 s </a> .</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5172" title="Go to Luke 2:34">Luke 2:34 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is a unique Greek word used for “sword.” Literally it means “a large broadsword.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5172" title="Go to Luke 2:34">Luke 2:34 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word translated “appointed” actually means “to lie down.” Jesus was laid in a tomb for us and rose again for us.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5172" title="Go to Luke 2:34">Luke 2:34 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word translated “falling” can also be translated “downfall” or “destruction.” Perhaps this was a prophecy of the cross of Jesus Christ, where many will rise or fall depending on what they do with Jesus’ death and resurrection. We are all destined to be joined to him in his death and resurrection (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gal.2.20" href="/passage/?search=Gal.2.20&version=TPT">Gal. 2:20 v </a> ). Every believer experiences both a “downfall” and a “resurrection.”</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5173" title="Go to Luke 2:36">Luke 2:36 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The name Asher means “blessed.” Phanuel means “the face of God.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5173" title="Go to Luke 2:36">Luke 2:36 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some Greek manuscripts make her age to be eighty-four. But the most reliable Greek and Aramaic texts state that she had been in the temple for eighty-four years. If so, this would make her at that time to be about one hundred six. God is faithful to those who wait in faith. Both Simeon and Anna were privileged to touch the Christ before they died in faith.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5174" title="Go to Luke 2:38">Luke 2:38 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek text literally says that Anna told everyone “who was looking for the redemption of Jerusalem.” This is a figure of speech for the one who would come and set them free; i.e., the Messiah. What amazing prophetic words came through Simeon and Anna!</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5175" title="Go to Luke 2:39">Luke 2:39 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Luke omits their journey to Egypt to spare Jesus from the death decree of Herod. That information is given to us by Matthew. But none of the Gospels gives all the details of this period. Luke also has nothing about the visit of the wise men (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.2.1-Matt.2.12" href="/passage/?search=Matt.2.1-Matt.2.12&version=TPT">Matt. 2:1-12 z </a> ), and Matthew tells nothing of the shepherds or of Simeon and Anna (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.2.8" href="/passage/?search=Luke.2.8&version=TPT">Luke 2:8-28 z </a> ). All four Gospels supplement one another. A long period of time likely transpired between <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.2.38" href="/passage/?search=Luke.2.38&version=TPT">vv. 38 z </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.2.39" href="/passage/?search=Luke.2.39&version=TPT">39 z </a> .</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5178" title="Go to Luke 2:42">Luke 2:42 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>At the age of twelve, a boy was called by the Jews a “son of the law.” The number twelve is found often in the Bible and is linked to God’s perfect administration and our human alignment to it. God’s family of Israel was made up of twelve tribes, twelve sons of Jacob. Jesus chose twelve apostles, there are twelve months in the yearly cycle, and there are twenty-four elders around God’s throne (twelve times two). Jesus coming into the house of God at age twelve points to the perfect alignment he had with his Father as the Apostle of our faith. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.3.1" href="/passage/?search=Heb.3.1&version=TPT">Heb. 3:1 a </a> .</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5182" title="Go to Luke 2:46">Luke 2:46 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “rabbis.”</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5185" title="Go to Luke 2:49">Luke 2:49 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The first recorded words of Jesus, when he was only twelve, are given to us here.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5187" title="Go to Luke 2:51">Luke 2:51 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Mary was an amazing woman and should be honored as the mother of our Lord Jesus Christ. She was the only human being who was with Jesus all the way from his birth to his death. She is also mentioned in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.1.14" href="/passage/?search=Acts.1.14&version=TPT">Acts 1:14 d </a> .</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5188" title="Go to Luke 2:52">Luke 2:52 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>We know virtually nothing about the eighteen years between ch. 2 and ch. 3, when Jesus went to the Jordan to be baptized by the prophet John. We knew he grew in favor with God and men. He served his earthly father in a carpenter’s shop. It is likely that Joseph, Jesus’ earthly father, died during this season of his life. This left Jesus with the responsibility as firstborn to provide for his family. Amazing mysteries surround this one who is too marvelous for words!</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5189" title="Go to Luke 3:1">Luke 3:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some believe that John may have been a member of the Qumran community of Jewish Essenes, who lived in the wilderness because they viewed the Jewish religious system as corrupt.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5189" title="Go to Luke 3:1">Luke 3:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>A region west of Ituraea.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5189" title="Go to Luke 3:1">Luke 3:1 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As the forerunner of Jesus Christ, the prophet John was a hinge of human history who forever changed the world. Luke carefully dates this event by giving us six markers. Historians have dated the reign of Tiberius Caesar as beginning in AD 14. The fifteenth year of his reign would be AD 28–29. Regarding Annas and Caiaphas, never in Jewish history had there been two high priests. The priesthood was corrupt. Even though Caiaphas, Annas’ son-in-law, was the high priest, Annas remained the real authoritative leader behind the scenes (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.18.13" href="/passage/?search=John.18.13&version=TPT">John 18:13 c </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.4.6" href="/passage/?search=Acts.4.6&version=TPT">Acts 4:6 c </a> ).</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5190" title="Go to Luke 3:3">Luke 3:3 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the definition of repentance, and it has two concepts. One is turning away from sin; the other is turning to God for freedom. They are linked together as one word, translated “repentance.” The Aramaic word has the concept of returning to God, to unite with Unity.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5190" title="Go to Luke 3:3">Luke 3:3 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>John’s message was revolutionary, for the religion of the day taught that forgiveness could only be found temporarily by offering sacrifices in the temple. John, an Essene, told the people that forgiveness of sin was a heart issue, not gained by an animal sacrifice offered in the corrupt religious system of the day. Repentance, breaking open the heart, is more important than gaining forgiveness by religious acts.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5191" title="Go to Luke 3:4">Luke 3:4 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5192" title="Go to Luke 3:5">Luke 3:5 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek text, quoting from Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.40.3" href="/passage/?search=Isa.40.3&version=TPT">40:3-5 g </a> , is literally translated “Wake up and make lines for the Lord, make his side alleys straight. Every ravine will be filled, every mountain and hill shall be leveled, the crooked straightened, rough ways smoothed, and all flesh shall see the salvation of God.” Every honest scholar recognizes this as more than a road construction project, implying a spiritual renewal in hearts.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-5192" title="Go to Luke 3:5">Luke 3:5 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Translated from the Aramaic. The Aramaic word translated “life” often refers to salvation.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5194" title="Go to Luke 3:8">Luke 3:8 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>God values reformation over ritual. John’s ministry was to prepare people for the appearing of Jesus Christ through repentance and baptism. Repentance breaks open the heart and changes our attitudes toward God. Baptism was a burial of those who repented, preparing them for the germination of Christ coming to live within by the new birth.</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5197" title="Go to Luke 3:11">Luke 3:11 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek text is literally “The one with two tunics is to share with him who has none, and he who has food is to do likewise.”</span>


bookid: Luke
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-5199" title="Go to Luke 3:13">Luke 3:13 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>True repentance is tied to actions, a change of heart and deeds, not just words.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7390" title="Go to Acts 12:7">Acts 12:7 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The word translated “struck” is the same Greek word used for Jesus being “struck” for our sins (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.26.31" href="/passage/?search=Matt.26.31&version=TPT">Matt. 26:31 f </a> ). Jesus was pierced in his side to awaken hearts to God. Peter was awakened from his sleep by an angel who struck him on his side.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7395" title="Go to Acts 12:12">Acts 12:12 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This Mary was the sister of Barnabas. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Col.4.10" href="/passage/?search=Col.4.10&version=TPT">Col. 4:10 g </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7396" title="Go to Acts 12:13">Acts 12:13 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Rhoda.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7400" title="Go to Acts 12:17">Acts 12:17 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was Jacob (James), the brother of Jesus.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7401" title="Go to Acts 12:18">Acts 12:18 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the last mention of Peter in the book of Acts. The remaining chapters focus on the ministry of Paul.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7403" title="Go to Acts 12:20">Acts 12:20 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Tyre and Sidon are coastal cities in Lebanon, north of Israel.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7403" title="Go to Acts 12:20">Acts 12:20 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can also be translated “They wanted cultivated land,” which makes sense if their food supply was running out.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7407" title="Go to Acts 12:24">Acts 12:24 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “the word.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7408" title="Go to Acts 12:25">Acts 12:25 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the Mark who wrote the second Gospel included in our New Testament. John (or <i>Yochanan</i>) was his Jewish name; Marcus was his Roman name. Because he once abandoned Paul during a missionary journey, Paul refused to take him with him again. But later, Mark and Paul were fully restored in their ministry together. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Tim.4.11" href="/passage/?search=2Tim.4.11&version=TPT">2 Tim. 4:11 n </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7409" title="Go to Acts 13:1">Acts 13:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic word <i>niger</i> means “someone who works with wood, a carpenter.” The Latin word <i>niger</i> means “black.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7409" title="Go to Acts 13:1">Acts 13:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “who was like a brother to Herod the tetrarch.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7410" title="Go to Acts 13:2">Acts 13:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “serving the Lord.” The Greek word used here is also used for priestly duties.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7410" title="Go to Acts 13:2">Acts 13:2 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Here we see the Lord of the harvest, the Holy Spirit, sending out laborers into the harvest field. The Holy Spirit speaks in many different ways. Perhaps he spoke a prophecy through one of the prophets in the church, or a divine voice may have interrupted their worship. God’s Spirit still speaks today in any way he chooses.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7410" title="Go to Acts 13:2">Acts 13:2 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “appoint them.” The Greek word used here is found in the Septuagint of Num. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Num.8.11" href="/passage/?search=Num.8.11&version=TPT">8:11 e </a>  for consecrating Levites for God’s service as priests.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7411" title="Go to Acts 13:3">Acts 13:3 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “dispatched them” (a military term). This was the commissioning of Barnabas and Saul as apostles. The word <i>apostle</i> means “sent one.” They were sent by the Holy Spirit and by the church and released as missionaries. The New Testament shows there were many other apostles besides the Twelve. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.4.11" href="/passage/?search=Eph.4.11&version=TPT">Eph. 4:11-13 f </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7412" title="Go to Acts 13:4">Acts 13:4 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the text. Seleucia (modern-day Samandag) was a coastal city in Syria from which Paul and Barnabas left with John Mark for their first missionary journey in AD 49. Seleucia means “white light.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7412" title="Go to Acts 13:4">Acts 13:4 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Cyprus was the home of Barnabas.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7412" title="Go to Acts 13:4">Acts 13:4 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Salamis is a city on the southeastern coast of Cyprus. Salamis means “in the middle of salty water.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7412" title="Go to Acts 13:4">Acts 13:4 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “the word of God.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7413" title="Go to Acts 13:6">Acts 13:6 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paphos is a city on the southwestern coast of Cyprus. <i>Paphos</i> means “boiling hot.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7413" title="Go to Acts 13:6">Acts 13:6 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “spiritual advisor.” The Greek word <i>magos</i> is often translated “astrologer.” Although the text does not give us his name, Elymas, until <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.13.8" href="/passage/?search=Acts.13.8&version=TPT">v. 8 l </a> , it is included here for the sake of the English narrative.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7413" title="Go to Acts 13:6">Acts 13:6 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Bar-Jesus” (son of Joshua). The Aramaic is “Bar-Shuma.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7414" title="Go to Acts 13:7">Acts 13:7 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “the manifestation of God.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7415" title="Go to Acts 13:8">Acts 13:8 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic name Elymas means “magician” or “sorcerer.” This would be similar to the Arabic name Alumas, which also means “magician.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7416" title="Go to Acts 13:9">Acts 13:9 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>From here on in Acts, Saul is only referred to as Paul. Saul means “sought after,” and Paul means “little.” The name change is descriptive of what happened within Paul, leaving behind greatness in his own eyes and being content to be insignificant. This is the journey every believer must take.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7417" title="Go to Acts 13:10">Acts 13:10 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “son of the accuser.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7418" title="Go to Acts 13:11">Acts 13:11 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “until the end of the age.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7418" title="Go to Acts 13:11">Acts 13:11 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “gloom.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7420" title="Go to Acts 13:13">Acts 13:13 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Pamphylia,” which may mean “a place of mingled races.” It is a region in southern Turkey.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7420" title="Go to Acts 13:13">Acts 13:13 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The sudden departure of John from the team became an issue between Paul and Barnabas. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.15.36" href="/passage/?search=Acts.15.36&version=TPT">Acts 15:36-39 u </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7421" title="Go to Acts 13:14">Acts 13:14 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Antioch in the region of Pisidia is situated in the Sultandag Mountains about one hundred miles north of Perga. This would have been an arduous journey from the sea into the mountains. God was directing his missionaries where to go.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7422" title="Go to Acts 13:15">Acts 13:15 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “president of the synagogue.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7424" title="Go to Acts 13:17">Acts 13:17 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.6.6" href="/passage/?search=Exod.6.6&version=TPT">6:6 x </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.12.51" href="/passage/?search=Exod.12.51&version=TPT">12:51 x </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7425" title="Go to Acts 13:18">Acts 13:18 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and some Greek manuscripts. See also Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.16.35" href="/passage/?search=Exod.16.35&version=TPT">16:35 y </a> ; Num. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Num.14.34" href="/passage/?search=Num.14.34&version=TPT">14:34 y </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7426" title="Go to Acts 13:19">Acts 13:19 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.7.1" href="/passage/?search=Deut.7.1&version=TPT">7:1 z </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7427" title="Go to Acts 13:20">Acts 13:20 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There is much debate over where this clause fits. It is possible that it would go with the next sentence, “For four hundred and fifty years God raised up deliverers.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7429" title="Go to Acts 13:22">Acts 13:22 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See 1 Sam. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Sam.13.14" href="/passage/?search=1Sam.13.14&version=TPT">13:14 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.89.19" href="/passage/?search=Ps.89.19&version=TPT">Ps. 89:19-29 b </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7429" title="Go to Acts 13:22">Acts 13:22 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “he will do all my pleasure.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7431" title="Go to Acts 13:24">Acts 13:24 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “the baptism of grace.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7433" title="Go to Acts 13:26">Acts 13:26 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is, “the message of salvation.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.107.20" href="/passage/?search=Ps.107.20&version=TPT">Ps. 107:20 e </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7438" title="Go to Acts 13:31">Acts 13:31 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word for “witnesses” can also be translated “martyrs.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7440" title="Go to Acts 13:33">Acts 13:33 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.2.7" href="/passage/?search=Ps.2.7&version=TPT">Ps. 2:7 g </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7441" title="Go to Acts 13:34">Acts 13:34 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek is plural, “you all,” or “to you and yours.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7441" title="Go to Acts 13:34">Acts 13:34 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “decrees.” See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.55.3" href="/passage/?search=Isa.55.3&version=TPT">55:3 i </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7441" title="Go to Acts 13:34">Acts 13:34 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “I will give to you the grace [favor] I gave to faithful David.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7442" title="Go to Acts 13:35">Acts 13:35 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.16.10" href="/passage/?search=Ps.16.10&version=TPT">Ps. 16:10 k </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7445" title="Go to Acts 13:38">Acts 13:38 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “cancellation.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7448" title="Go to Acts 13:41">Acts 13:41 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “Be amazed and perish, you scoffers.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7448" title="Go to Acts 13:41">Acts 13:41 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek text seems to quote from the Septuagint version of Hab. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Hab.1.5" href="/passage/?search=Hab.1.5&version=TPT">1:5 n </a> , “I am doing a work in your days that you won’t believe even when it is announced to you.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7452" title="Go to Acts 13:45">Acts 13:45 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “blasphemed.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7453" title="Go to Acts 13:46">Acts 13:46 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “word.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7453" title="Go to Acts 13:46">Acts 13:46 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “You view yourselves as unworthy of eternal life.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7454" title="Go to Acts 13:47">Acts 13:47 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.42.6" href="/passage/?search=Isa.42.6&version=TPT">42:6 r </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.49.6" href="/passage/?search=Isa.49.6&version=TPT">49:6 r </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.60.1" href="/passage/?search=Isa.60.1&version=TPT">60:1-3 r </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7455" title="Go to Acts 13:48">Acts 13:48 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “praised.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7455" title="Go to Acts 13:48">Acts 13:48 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “Those who were appointed to experience eternal life believed.” The Greek word for “appointed” can also be translated “stationed in battle order.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7458" title="Go to Acts 13:51">Acts 13:51 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is present-day Konya, a large city about sixty-two miles (one hundred kilometers) from Antioch. This journey would have taken a number of days. Iconium means “small image” (idol). In Israel, Iconium is a girl’s name that means “coming.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7461" title="Go to Acts 14:2">Acts 14:2 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “embittered their souls.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7462" title="Go to Acts 14:3">Acts 14:3 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic uses the phrase “the Lord Yahweh,” referring to Jesus Christ.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7462" title="Go to Acts 14:3">Acts 14:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “manifestation of grace.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7462" title="Go to Acts 14:3">Acts 14:3 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word for grace, <i>charis</i>, means “that which brings delight, joy, pleasure, and sweetness.” (See <i>Strong’s Concordance</i>, Gr. 5485.)</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7464" title="Go to Acts 14:5">Acts 14:5 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “They issued a decree” (death sentence).</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7465" title="Go to Acts 14:6">Acts 14:6 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although not clearly stated, it is possible that it was by supernatural revelation that Paul and Barnabas learned of the plot to kill them.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7465" title="Go to Acts 14:6">Acts 14:6 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Lyconia means “land of the wolf.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7465" title="Go to Acts 14:6">Acts 14:6 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Lystra means “ransomed” or “set free.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7465" title="Go to Acts 14:6">Acts 14:6 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Derbe means “tanner” or “one who covers with skins.” The journey from Iconium to these cities would have been about twenty-two miles (thirty-five kilometers).</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7466" title="Go to Acts 14:7">Acts 14:7 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “the good news.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7468" title="Go to Acts 14:9">Acts 14:9 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There is an implication in the Greek that Paul was watching this man and waited until he saw faith rise in the man’s heart for his healing.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7468" title="Go to Acts 14:9">Acts 14:9 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The same phrase, “to be healed,” is consistently translated elsewhere in the New Testament as “to be saved.” To be saved and to be healed are synonymous.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7469" title="Go to Acts 14:10">Acts 14:10 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. This clause is absent in the Greek.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7470" title="Go to Acts 14:11">Acts 14:11 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, the Lyconian language.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7471" title="Go to Acts 14:12">Acts 14:12 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “the master of deities,” and the Latin is “Jupiter.” Also found in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.14.13" href="/passage/?search=Acts.14.13&version=TPT">v. 13 o </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7471" title="Go to Acts 14:12">Acts 14:12 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Hermes was considered to be the messenger god, whom the Romans called Mercury. In Ovid’s famous story <i>Metamorphoses</i>, there is an account of Philemon and Baucis from Lystra, who took in two strangers (Zeus and Hermes) and welcomed them into their home. But the rest of the village rejected them, and for that the village was destroyed—only Philemon and Baucis survived. That story was no doubt in the minds of the people when they welcomed Barnabas and Paul. They did not want to make the same mistake as their ancestors. (See Ovid, <i>Metamorphoses</i> 8.611–725.) Archeologists have found a stone altar near Lystra with an inscription dedicating it to Zeus and Hermes.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7472" title="Go to Acts 14:13">Acts 14:13 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is ambiguous and could be “the gates of the temple” or “the gates of the city.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7473" title="Go to Acts 14:14">Acts 14:14 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The book of Acts clearly states that there were more than twelve apostles who were recognized by the church. Barnabas is described multiple times as an apostle. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.4.11" href="/passage/?search=Eph.4.11&version=TPT">Ephesians 4:11-13 r </a>  says that apostles and prophets will minister and equip the body of Christ until we are complete and restored into Christ’s fullness.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7474" title="Go to Acts 14:15">Acts 14:15 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the text, which is simply “things.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7476" title="Go to Acts 14:17">Acts 14:17 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See footnote on <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.2.28" href="/passage/?search=Acts.2.28&version=TPT">Acts 2:28 t </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7479" title="Go to Acts 14:20">Acts 14:20 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word used here, <i>anistemi</i>, is used twenty-seven times in the New Testament for people being raised from the dead.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7481" title="Go to Acts 14:22">Acts 14:22 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “they confirmed their spirit of discipleship.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7481" title="Go to Acts 14:22">Acts 14:22 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, the only way to avoid the oppression of the age is to enter deeper into God’s kingdom realm. An alternate translation would be “Through great tribulation we enter into God’s kingdom realm.” Neither translation of this sentence implies a future kingdom, but a kingdom realm that is presently accessible.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7482" title="Go to Acts 14:23">Acts 14:23 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The appointment of elders among the people dates back to the days of Moses in the wilderness. See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.18.21" href="/passage/?search=Exod.18.21&version=TPT">18:21 x </a> , where the word used to describe these leaders is <i>khayil</i>, or “mighty men of valor.” The word <i>khayil</i> is also used for the radiant church (commonly known as the “virtuous woman” found in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.31" href="/passage/?search=Prov.31&version=TPT">Prov. 31 x </a> ). These elders were the pastors and leaders of the churches, ordained by the apostles. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.13.17" href="/passage/?search=Heb.13.17&version=TPT">Heb. 13:17 x </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Tim.3" href="/passage/?search=1Tim.3&version=TPT">1 Tim. 3 x </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Titus.1" href="/passage/?search=Titus.1&version=TPT">Titus 1 x </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7483" title="Go to Acts 14:24">Acts 14:24 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “After they had passed through Pisidia, they went into Pamphylia.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7484" title="Go to Acts 14:25">Acts 14:25 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the manifestation of Lord Yahweh,” as translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “the word of the Lord.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7484" title="Go to Acts 14:25">Acts 14:25 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Attalia.” Antalya is a city on the southwestern coast of Turkey.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7487" title="Go to Acts 14:28">Acts 14:28 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This would have been AD 47–48, when Paul wrote his letter to the Galatians, the region they had visited during their first missionary journey. Antioch of Syria is here seen as the center of the missionary enterprise as the church hosts the anointed apostles Paul and Barnabas, who taught the church during their time there. For many centuries Antioch of Syria was considered a major Christian center. Into the fourth century, it was noted as having schools of theology and institutions of learning.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7490" title="Go to Acts 15:3">Acts 15:3 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Phoenicia.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7490" title="Go to Acts 15:3">Acts 15:3 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “the reconciliation of the gentiles.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7492" title="Go to Acts 15:5">Acts 15:5 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Pharisees.” The legalism of the Pharisees continued even among some believers, who were still bound in the expressions of external religion.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7492" title="Go to Acts 15:5">Acts 15:5 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “to put a fence around the Torah”; that is, to guard the Torah and keep it as a sacred duty to man. The apostolic council of <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.15" href="/passage/?search=Acts.15&version=TPT">Acts 15 d </a>  makes it clear that gentile believers had no obligation to keep that “fence” around the Torah (observing the Mosaic laws).</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7494" title="Go to Acts 15:7">Acts 15:7 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The wording of the Aramaic text is different, stating, “God chose the gentiles from the beginning to hear the manifestation of the gospel from my mouth and to believe.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7495" title="Go to Acts 15:8">Acts 15:8 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is in reference to the events of <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.10-Acts.11" href="/passage/?search=Acts.10-Acts.11&version=TPT">Acts 10–11 f </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7497" title="Go to Acts 15:10">Acts 15:10 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The text is “testing [provoking] God”; e.g., by limiting his grace among the gentiles.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7505" title="Go to Acts 15:18">Acts 15:18 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. This prophecy (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.15.16" href="/passage/?search=Acts.15.16&version=TPT">vv. 16–18 h </a> ) is found in Amos <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Amos.9.11" href="/passage/?search=Amos.9.11&version=TPT">9:11-12 h </a>  and Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.45.21" href="/passage/?search=Isa.45.21&version=TPT">45:21 h </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7507" title="Go to Acts 15:20">Acts 15:20 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “We will be apostles [sent ones] to them.” As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “to send a message” (letter).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7507" title="Go to Acts 15:20">Acts 15:20 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.17.12" href="/passage/?search=Lev.17.12&version=TPT">17:12-16 j </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7510" title="Go to Acts 15:23">Acts 15:23 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Cilicia,” which is the southwestern region of coastal Turkey that borders Syria.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7511" title="Go to Acts 15:24">Acts 15:24 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and implied in the Greek. The Greek does not make explicit the false teaching, but says simply, “They have upset and unsettled you.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7511" title="Go to Acts 15:24">Acts 15:24 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “they have devoted their souls.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7511" title="Go to Acts 15:24">Acts 15:24 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Significant changes in the order of the clauses in these three verses have been made for the sake of clarity of the English narrative.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7512" title="Go to Acts 15:28">Acts 15:28 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the Holy Spirit and we have determined” (decided).</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7513" title="Go to Acts 15:29">Acts 15:29 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7516" title="Go to Acts 15:32">Acts 15:32 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “an abundant word” or “a rich word.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7516" title="Go to Acts 15:32">Acts 15:32 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The ministry of the New Testament prophet is to strengthen the church.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7517" title="Go to Acts 15:33">Acts 15:33 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “sent them with peace back to those who sent them.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7518" title="Go to Acts 15:34">Acts 15:34 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The most reliable Greek manuscripts do not mention Silas remaining in Antioch. However, many manuscripts include this information, such as the Aramaic, codices D and C, the Harklean Syriac Version of AD 616, the Sahidic Version of the second to third centuries, and the St. Ephraim of Syria version of the fourth century. Regardless, <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.15.40" href="/passage/?search=Acts.15.40&version=TPT">v. 40 t </a>  indicates that Silas did remain behind. An argument could be made that copyists inserted the data in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.15.34" href="/passage/?search=Acts.15.34&version=TPT">v. 34 t </a>  to explain the presence of Silas from <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.15.40" href="/passage/?search=Acts.15.40&version=TPT">v. 40 t </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7521" title="Go to Acts 15:38">Acts 15:38 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Pamphylia.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7523" title="Go to Acts 15:40">Acts 15:40 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The apostle Silas was acknowledged in church history as one of the seventy apostles whom Jesus sent out. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.10.1-Luke.10.11" href="/passage/?search=Luke.10.1-Luke.10.11&version=TPT">Luke 10:1-11 v </a> . After his missionary journey with Paul, he remained in Corinth and ministered there until his death.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7524" title="Go to Acts 15:41">Acts 15:41 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Cilicia.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7525" title="Go to Acts 16:1">Acts 16:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Lystra is modern-day Klistra, a city in Turkey. Derbe, also in Turkey, was about sixty miles from Klistra (Lystra).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7525" title="Go to Acts 16:1">Acts 16:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “his father was a Syrian” (an Aramaic speaker). In the time of Paul’s missionary journeys, the Aramaic language was commonly spoken in the region he traveled throughout in the Middle East. The Greek is “his father was a Greek.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7530" title="Go to Acts 16:6">Acts 16:6 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Asia.” This does not refer to the continent of Asia as we know it today, but to the far western and southwestern provinces of Asia Minor (Turkey).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7530" title="Go to Acts 16:6">Acts 16:6 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Phrygia” and “Galatia.” The modern-day capital of Turkey, Ankara, is situated in the area known as Galatia.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7531" title="Go to Acts 16:7">Acts 16:7 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Both Mysia and Bithynia are northwestern regions of Turkey.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7531" title="Go to Acts 16:7">Acts 16:7 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>We do not know how the Holy Spirit kept them from going into Bithynia, but it could have been through a warning given by means of a dream or vision. In any case, it is obvious the Holy Spirit was guiding his missionaries. He is the Lord of the harvest who prepares, imparts gifts, anoints, and sends out his servants to gather the nations to Jesus Christ. The book of Acts is best understood as the book of Activities of the Holy Spirit. Here he is designated “the Spirit of Jesus.” True and lasting fruit in ministry comes through the work and leading of the Spirit of Jesus.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7534" title="Go to Acts 16:10">Acts 16:10 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Apparently, Luke now joins the missionary team going to Macedonia (which includes parts of modern-day Bulgaria and former Yugoslavia). This is the first instance in Acts of the gospel going to Europe. Luke likely left the group later, as he is not included in the team starting in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.16.40" href="/passage/?search=Acts.16.40&version=TPT">v. 40 g </a> . Portions of Acts appear to be Luke’s missionary travel journal.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7536" title="Go to Acts 16:12">Acts 16:12 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “the capital city.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7536" title="Go to Acts 16:12">Acts 16:12 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “In a matter of days we were well known in the city.” Other versions of the Aramaic read “We were there over certain holy days.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7537" title="Go to Acts 16:13">Acts 16:13 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although implied in the Greek text, it is made explicit in the Aramaic, “We saw it was a house [place] of prayer.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7538" title="Go to Acts 16:14">Acts 16:14 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “purple dye,” a rare commodity that would only be purchased by the wealthy.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7538" title="Go to Acts 16:14">Acts 16:14 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “feared [worshiped] God.” The implication is that Lydia was a gentile convert to Judaism.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7540" title="Go to Acts 16:16">Acts 16:16 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>In the religious context of Greek mythology, she was an “oracle,” a medium who had the spirit of the gods speaking through her to foretell the future. The Python spirit was the epithet of Apollo, known as the Greek god of prophecy. An individual (often a young virgin) who became the oracle of Apollo was known as the Python, or Pythia.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7548" title="Go to Acts 16:24">Acts 16:24 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “placed in stocks.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7555" title="Go to Acts 16:31">Acts 16:31 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The implication is “you and anyone in your household who believes.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7556" title="Go to Acts 16:32">Acts 16:32 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “spoke the word of the Lord.” This phrase is consistently used in the Old Testament for prophetic utterance of a supernatural origin.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7561" title="Go to Acts 16:37">Acts 16:37 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul didn’t notify them that he and Silas were Romans prior to their beatings, when they could have escaped persecution. Instead, they endured the brutal treatment and ended up leading their jailer to Christ.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7565" title="Go to Acts 17:1">Acts 17:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Known today as Salonica or Thessaloniki, it was the ancient capital of Macedonia.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7568" title="Go to Acts 17:4">Acts 17:4 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is probable that this is when Timothy arrived in Thessalonica with gifts of money and food from the church of Philippi. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Phil.4.16" href="/passage/?search=Phil.4.16&version=TPT">Phil. 4:16 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Thess.1.1" href="/passage/?search=1Thess.1.1&version=TPT">1 Thess. 1:1 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Thess.1.1" href="/passage/?search=2Thess.1.1&version=TPT">2 Thess. 1:1 b </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7569" title="Go to Acts 17:5">Acts 17:5 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This information is borrowed from <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.17.7" href="/passage/?search=Acts.17.7&version=TPT">v. 7 c </a>  and inserted here for the sake of English narrative.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7570" title="Go to Acts 17:6">Acts 17:6 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although not much about Jason is given here, he is known in church history as Jason of Tarsus, who was one of the seventy apostles Jesus sent out and is named as one of Paul’s ministry companions. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.10.1-Luke.10.11" href="/passage/?search=Luke.10.1-Luke.10.11&version=TPT">Luke 10:1-11 d </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.16.21" href="/passage/?search=Rom.16.21&version=TPT">Rom. 16:21 d </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7574" title="Go to Acts 17:10">Acts 17:10 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Berea (modern-day Veria) was a city in Macedonia about forty-five miles (seventy-five kilometers) from Thessalonica.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7576" title="Go to Acts 17:12">Acts 17:12 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>euschemon</i> also implies “women of high standing,” “wealthy,” “honorable,” “elegant,” and “respected.” (See <i>Strong’s Concordance</i>, Gr. 2158.)</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7578" title="Go to Acts 17:14">Acts 17:14 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek text is simply “the sea.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7579" title="Go to Acts 17:15">Acts 17:15 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic makes it clear that this message was written as a letter.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7580" title="Go to Acts 17:16">Acts 17:16 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “deeply pained” or “irritated.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7582" title="Go to Acts 17:18">Acts 17:18 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Epicurus was a Greek philosopher (341–270 BC) who espoused a radical materialism that claimed people should live for pleasure and materialistic gain. He denied an afterlife and asserted that the gods had little interest in or concern for humanity.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7582" title="Go to Acts 17:18">Acts 17:18 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Stoicism, in contrast to Epicureanism, is a passive determinism of emotional indifference that elevates the virtue of self-control. By mastering human passions and emotions, one could realize peace within himself. The Greek Stoics believed that humans can only reach their full potential when they live by sheer reason and divine principle, or the spark of divinity, which they called <i>logos</i>.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7582" title="Go to Acts 17:18">Acts 17:18 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “word wrestled.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7583" title="Go to Acts 17:19">Acts 17:19 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Areopagus was a governing body of intellectuals who were the overseers of Athens. It was equivalent to the board of education, the city council, the ethics committee, the council of foreign relations, and leaders of the religious and philosophical community all rolled into one. The Areopagus, also known as Mars Hill (Mars, or Ares, was the Greek god of war), was not simply a location but a gathering of a council of people overseeing the spiritual atmosphere of Athens. It could best be described as the Greek temple of human thought. The Aramaic here uses the phrase “house of religion.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7586" title="Go to Acts 17:22">Acts 17:22 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or simply, “Athenians.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7586" title="Go to Acts 17:22">Acts 17:22 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic, which can also be translated “You excel in the worship of demons” (or “idols”). The Greek is “How very superstitious you are (i.e., extraordinarily religious).”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7587" title="Go to Acts 17:23">Acts 17:23 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “To the Hidden God.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7590" title="Go to Acts 17:26">Acts 17:26 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic adds an interesting nuance: “He commands the separation of the seasons and sets the lifespan of every person.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7591" title="Go to Acts 17:27">Acts 17:27 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “investigating him in his creation.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7591" title="Go to Acts 17:27">Acts 17:27 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the God who is not far from each one of us.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7592" title="Go to Acts 17:28">Acts 17:28 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul is quoting two classical Greek writers (ca. 270 BC): Aratus (<i>Phaenomena</i>, 5) and Cleanthes (<i>Hymn to Zeus</i>, 5).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7592" title="Go to Acts 17:28">Acts 17:28 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Our nature comes from him,” as translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “We are his offspring.” The Greek word is <i>genos</i>, which means “kindred” or “family” (taken from his genes).</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7594" title="Go to Acts 17:30">Acts 17:30 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “deliberately paid no attention to.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7594" title="Go to Acts 17:30">Acts 17:30 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7594" title="Go to Acts 17:30">Acts 17:30 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, to turn away from idolatry and worship the true God.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7595" title="Go to Acts 17:31">Acts 17:31 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “God turns the hearts of men to faith in him [Jesus] and raises them from among the dead.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7598" title="Go to Acts 17:34">Acts 17:34 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. According to the church historian Eusebius, Dionysius later became the Bishop of Athens (Eusebius, <i>Historia Ecclesiae</i> III: iv).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7598" title="Go to Acts 17:34">Acts 17:34 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word can also mean “wife,” indicating she was possibly the wife of Dionysius. Regardless, she must have been a woman of high social standing to be included in the meeting of the leadership council.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7599" title="Go to Acts 18:1">Acts 18:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Corinth is about forty-eight miles (seventy-eight kilometers) from Athens. It was a large commercial center with trade links all over the entire ancient world. It was the home of the famous Isthmian Games and the temple of Aphrodite, which held a thousand temple prostitutes. Corinth was known for its debauchery. In the midst of a depraved culture, God birthed a church to become light to the people of their city.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7600" title="Go to Acts 18:2">Acts 18:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Pontus,” a Roman province in northeastern Asia Minor (Turkey).</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7601" title="Go to Acts 18:3">Acts 18:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can also mean “saddle makers.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7602" title="Go to Acts 18:4">Acts 18:4 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “pagans.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7603" title="Go to Acts 18:5">Acts 18:5 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “the manifestation of God.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7605" title="Go to Acts 18:7">Acts 18:7 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek text is “Titus Justus,” but the Aramaic only has Titus. It is possible that he is the Titus who accompanied Paul in ministry and the one Paul addressed in the book of Titus.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7605" title="Go to Acts 18:7">Acts 18:7 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek says that Titus Justus lived next door to the synagogue.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7606" title="Go to Acts 18:8">Acts 18:8 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Crispus was one of the few people Paul baptized. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.1.14" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.1.14&version=TPT">1 Cor. 1:14 h </a> . According to church tradition he became the bishop of Aegina.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7608" title="Go to Acts 18:10">Acts 18:10 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Somewhat more explicit in the Aramaic, this is the great “I AM” who is speaking with Paul, assuring him of God’s presence.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7610" title="Go to Acts 18:12">Acts 18:12 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The province of Achaia included the three most important parts of southern Greece: Attica, Boeotia, and the Peloponnesus. Gallio was the brother of Seneca, the tutor of Nero.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7610" title="Go to Acts 18:12">Acts 18:12 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “judgment seat.” This was a raised platform with a marble bench where judicial and governmental decrees were issued. This bench has been discovered after excavations in the agora.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7613" title="Go to Acts 18:15">Acts 18:15 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “doctrines.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7613" title="Go to Acts 18:15">Acts 18:15 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “names.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7613" title="Go to Acts 18:15">Acts 18:15 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “Torah” (the first five books of Moses).</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7615" title="Go to Acts 18:17">Acts 18:17 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Sosthenes means “savior of our nation.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.1.1" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.1.1&version=TPT">1 Cor. 1:1 o </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7615" title="Go to Acts 18:17">Acts 18:17 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic word used here can mean “priest” or “elder.” Crispus is mentioned as the president or leader (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.18.8" href="/passage/?search=Acts.18.8&version=TPT">v. 8 p </a> ). Some speculate that Crispus’ term of service had been completed and Sosthenes took his place.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7616" title="Go to Acts 18:18">Acts 18:18 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'><i>Shalom</i> is the Hebrew and Aramaic word for “peace and well-being.” The Greek is “farewell.” The Aramaic can also be translated “Paul brought peace to the brothers.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7616" title="Go to Acts 18:18">Acts 18:18 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Priscilla means “Ancient”; Aquila means “Eagle.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7616" title="Go to Acts 18:18">Acts 18:18 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Cenchrea was one of two major ports of Corinth, possibly where agricultural goods were exported, for Cenchrea means “millet,” a grain similar to quinoa.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7617" title="Go to Acts 18:19">Acts 18:19 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Ephesus was in the ancient world, a white marble city, one of the most beautiful in the world. It had the temple of Artemis, one of the seven great wonders of that era. It also had two agoras, a beautiful fountain in the city supplied by an aqueduct, the monument of Phillio, the Koressian Gates, the Bouleuterion, a large stadium, and many terraced houses. It was the capital city of the Roman province of Asia and had a population of well over one hundred thousand at the time Paul visited the city. Ephesus was known historically as the center of powerful magical practices and the casting of spells, as well as the cult center of the worship of the Ephesian goddess Artemis, known as “the supreme power.” It was in this backdrop that the apostle Paul and his companions planted the renowned church of Ephesus.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7619" title="Go to Acts 18:21">Acts 18:21 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This last clause is only found in the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7620" title="Go to Acts 18:22">Acts 18:22 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although this clause is missing in the Greek, the Aramaic can be translated “to pray for the peace of the congregation.” A true spiritual father prays for believers and brings them a message of hope and peace.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7621" title="Go to Acts 18:23">Acts 18:23 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “Wherever he went he made them all disciples.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7622" title="Go to Acts 18:24">Acts 18:24 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is, Alexandria in Egypt.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7623" title="Go to Acts 18:25">Acts 18:25 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “His spirit boiled.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7624" title="Go to Acts 18:26">Acts 18:26 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, boldly and powerfully. The Aramaic can be translated “with crystal clarity.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7624" title="Go to Acts 18:26">Acts 18:26 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “they took him into their home.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7624" title="Go to Acts 18:26">Acts 18:26 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “more accurately.” They filled in the gaps in his understanding of the Lord Jesus.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7625" title="Go to Acts 18:27">Acts 18:27 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See the first footnote on <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.18.12" href="/passage/?search=Acts.18.12&version=TPT">v. 12 c </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7625" title="Go to Acts 18:27">Acts 18:27 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “He helped those who believed by grace.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7627" title="Go to Acts 19:1">Acts 19:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek is “the upper inland country.” This was a trek through certain regions of Turkey for him to arrive in Ephesus.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7627" title="Go to Acts 19:1">Acts 19:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “some disciples.” Verse 7 states there were twelve. This information is included here in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.19.1" href="/passage/?search=Acts.19.1&version=TPT">v. 1 b </a>  for the sake of the English narrative.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7629" title="Go to Acts 19:3">Acts 19:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “into what [name or authority] were you baptized?”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7630" title="Go to Acts 19:4">Acts 19:4 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “John’s baptism was a baptism of grace to the people.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7630" title="Go to Acts 19:4">Acts 19:4 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>“The Anointed One” (or “Messiah”) is found only in the Aramaic. The Greek is simply “Jesus.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7631" title="Go to Acts 19:5">Acts 19:5 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “on the name of Jesus Christ,” which means they were baptized into the authority of the name of Jesus, who was greater than John.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7632" title="Go to Acts 19:6">Acts 19:6 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “supernaturally given languages.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7632" title="Go to Acts 19:6">Acts 19:6 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “They spoke tongue by tongue and gushed out prophecies.” The impartation of the Holy Spirit and his gifts are here being transferred from Paul to these believers. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Tim.4.14" href="/passage/?search=1Tim.4.14&version=TPT">1 Tim. 4:14 h </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Tim.1.6" href="/passage/?search=2Tim.1.6&version=TPT">2 Tim. 1:6-7 h </a> . Jesus taught that when the Holy Spirit comes upon us, it is to impart power for our lives and ministries. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.1.8" href="/passage/?search=Acts.1.8&version=TPT">Acts 1:8 h </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7633" title="Go to Acts 19:8">Acts 19:8 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “about God’s kingdom realm.” It is a big step for both Jews and Christians to come out of their religious identity and focus on the reality of God’s kingdom realm.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7634" title="Go to Acts 19:9">Acts 19:9 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “cursed the Christian way of living.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7635" title="Go to Acts 19:10">Acts 19:10 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek manuscript D adds, “from the fifth hour [11:00 a.m.] to the tenth hour [4:00 p.m.].”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7635" title="Go to Acts 19:10">Acts 19:10 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Counting the three months of focusing on ministry to the Jews, Paul’s entire stay in Ephesus came to three years, which would have included a short visit to Corinth. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.20.31" href="/passage/?search=Acts.20.31&version=TPT">Acts 20:31 l </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7635" title="Go to Acts 19:10">Acts 19:10 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was like a college or lecture hall. Tyrannus (whose name means “sovereign”) was most likely a philosopher and lecturer who had disciples whom he taught. Apparently Tyrannus welcomed Paul after he left the Jewish congregation and brought him into his school to teach the students.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7635" title="Go to Acts 19:10">Acts 19:10 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This “school of ministry” exploded as many came to hear Paul and then went out to preach, expanding the reach of the gospel into all the “province of Asia” (Asia Minor). The province of Asia would have covered no less than one-third of Turkey. Many multitudes heard the gospel in the two-year period when Paul taught in Ephesus. The teaching of the apostles resulted in the expansion of God’s kingdom realm.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7635" title="Go to Acts 19:10">Acts 19:10 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or simply, “the word of the Lord.” However, the phrase “the word of the Lord” is a Hebrew expression consistently used for the prophetic utterances given by the prophets.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7640" title="Go to Acts 19:16">Acts 19:16 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>True authority comes from relationship with Jesus Christ, not just using formulas and techniques. Evil spirits know about the depth of our relationship with God.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8934" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:14">2 Corinthians 6:14 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul’s teaching here includes marital, business, and personal relationships. We never abandon our responsibility to reach the world (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.5.9" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.5.9&version=TPT">1 Cor. 5:9-10 p </a> ), but we must steer clear of relationships that will divide our loyalty to Christ.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8935" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:15">2 Corinthians 6:15 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Belial” (the worthless one), a term for Satan.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8936" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:16">2 Corinthians 6:16 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The temple in Jerusalem was still standing when Paul wrote this.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8936" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:16">2 Corinthians 6:16 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “idols.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8936" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:16">2 Corinthians 6:16 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.26.12" href="/passage/?search=Lev.26.12&version=TPT">26:12 t </a> ; Jer. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jer.32.38" href="/passage/?search=Jer.32.38&version=TPT">32:38 t </a> ; Ezek. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ezek.37.27" href="/passage/?search=Ezek.37.27&version=TPT">37:27 t </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8937" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:17">2 Corinthians 6:17 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “I will welcome you” (within). See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.52.11" href="/passage/?search=Isa.52.11&version=TPT">52:11 u </a> ; Ezek. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ezek.20.41" href="/passage/?search=Ezek.20.41&version=TPT">20:41 u </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8938" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:18">2 Corinthians 6:18 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>God himself will assume the role of caring for us and meeting our needs, giving himself eternally to us. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.103.18" href="/passage/?search=Ps.103.18&version=TPT">Ps. 103:18 v </a> ; Mal. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mal.1.6" href="/passage/?search=Mal.1.6&version=TPT">1:6 v </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8938" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:18">2 Corinthians 6:18 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. See 2 Sam. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Sam.7.14" href="/passage/?search=2Sam.7.14&version=TPT">7:14 w </a> ; Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.43.6" href="/passage/?search=Isa.43.6&version=TPT">43:6 w </a> . Paul is paraphrasing Old Testament texts, changing phrases and combining them to make his point. Jesus likewise often paraphrased Old Testament verses as he taught the people.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8939" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 7:1">2 Corinthians 7:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “purify ourselves.” Believers today must take an active and disciplined approach to spiritual maturity and living holy lives. Grace never removes our responsibility to be faithful to God. Grace empowers us to do what pleases God (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Phil.2.13" href="/passage/?search=Phil.2.13&version=TPT">Phil. 2:13 a </a> ).</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8940" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 7:2">2 Corinthians 7:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “We have hated no one.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8940" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 7:2">2 Corinthians 7:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, they had not led people astray from right doctrine. They corrupted no one’s faith.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8940" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 7:2">2 Corinthians 7:2 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “We have cheated no one” (for financial gain). These are the three goals every minister should set for his or her calling: (1) to do no wrong to another nor to “hate” anyone, (2) to not corrupt or lead anyone astray, and (3) to never use his or her authority to take advantage of anyone by cheating for personal gain. Paul had a blameless history in ministry.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8943" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 7:5">2 Corinthians 7:5 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was after Paul left Troas and where he wrote his severe letter to the Corinthians (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.2.12" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.2.12&version=TPT">2 Cor. 2:12-13 e </a> ).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8943" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 7:5">2 Corinthians 7:5 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “fears.” The Aramaic can be translated “on the outside battles and on the inside surrendering.” With great honesty, Paul discloses his feelings while in Macedonia. He was beset with adversaries who opposed him, problems and arguments within the church, and persecution at every turn. Paul was emotionally torn by all the conflicts among the believers and feared for Titus’ safety. He was worried about how the Corinthians would receive his severe letter, plus there is a hint in his words that his concern was wearing him down both physically and emotionally. Being honest about our emotions is the first step in finding comfort and peace. Paul’s example of a leader opening his heart to his people should not be missed by this generation.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8948" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 7:10">2 Corinthians 7:10 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “deliverance (salvation).”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8949" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 7:11">2 Corinthians 7:11 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Both the Hebraic and Greek concepts of repentance are literally “to turn from sin and come back to God”; that is, “to have a change of mind/direction.” This involves the “sorrow” or “remorse” of our hearts before God. Repentance is not a sterile, feeling-less act of changing direction. Paul makes it clear that godly remorse is a “God-intended” feeling that moves the heart back to God. Our repentance is not a work of the flesh but the result of God’s Spirit stirring our conscience. Peter’s godly remorse over his denial of Christ eventually led him to experience a complete inner healing, while Judas’ remorse led him to suicide.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8959" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 8:5">2 Corinthians 8:5 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Under persecution and desperately poor, the churches of Macedonia (Philippi, Thessalonica, and Berea) gave more than just an extravagant offering. They fully surrendered themselves to the Lord and gave out of a longing to fulfill God’s pleasure. This is the key to generous giving. First we dedicate our hearts to God, which includes our finances, then we give to God’s work as he directs us. Throughout 2 Corinthians, giving is described as a “grace” that God places on our lives, which empowers our generosity.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8961" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 8:7">2 Corinthians 8:7 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Notice the features of godliness in this verse that should be seen in our lives and ministries: (1) We excel in everything. (2) We have unstoppable faith. (3) We have an anointing of grace to speak the Word. (4) We have revelation knowledge. (5) We have passionate devotion. (6) We show love. (7) We are generous.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8962" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 8:8">2 Corinthians 8:8 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “to test your love by the eagerness of others.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8965" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 8:11">2 Corinthians 8:11 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Get on with it and finish the job!”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8968" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 8:14">2 Corinthians 8:14 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Apparently, the Corinthian church was not poor. They had intended, a year prior to receiving this letter, to make a generous offering to the believers in Jerusalem living in poverty. Paul encourages them to now follow through with their pledge. Note the principles of giving Paul teaches them in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.8.10" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.8.10&version=TPT">vv. 10–15 e </a> : (1) A willing, cheerful offering is more important than the amount. (2) Financial commitments of giving are to be taken seriously. (3) We are to share our substance with those in need, because the time may come when we may need their gifts. (4) Our giving reflects our devotion to Christ. (5) We are to give what we are able and not stress about what we cannot give. We are to give in proportion to our income.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8969" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 8:15">2 Corinthians 8:15 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.16.18" href="/passage/?search=Exod.16.18&version=TPT">16:18 f </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8972" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 8:18">2 Corinthians 8:18 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This brother and the one mentioned in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.8.22" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.8.22&version=TPT">v. 22 g </a>  were identified as apostles. Many have tried unsuccessfully to identify whom they might have been. Some of the names considered include Timothy, Luke, Barnabas, Apollos, Mark, Erastus, Silas, Sopater, Aristarchus, Secundus, Gaius, Tychicus, and Trophimus. Regardless of these apostles’ identities, we know that Titus was the leader of this delegation and that all three were apostles of the church. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.4.11" href="/passage/?search=Eph.4.11&version=TPT">Eph. 4:11 g </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8977" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 8:23">2 Corinthians 8:23 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although ambiguous in the Greek text, the clause “which are the glory of the Anointed One” most likely refers to the churches. God’s church is his glorious bride on the earth, which brings him glory through all the ages. If referring to Titus and his delegation, this verse would mean that the apostles are the glory of the Anointed One.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8980" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 9:2">2 Corinthians 9:2 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “I know the goodness of your impulses” (or “intentions”). Paul was not hesitant to point out the obvious qualities and virtues of others.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8980" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 9:2">2 Corinthians 9:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Achaia,” the Roman province where Corinth was situated.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8984" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 9:6">2 Corinthians 9:6 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “the one who sows with a storehouse of seed” (remaining). This describes a farmer who is stingy with his sowing. Since he has a storehouse of seed, he can afford to sow liberally.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8985" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 9:7">2 Corinthians 9:7 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.22.8" href="/passage/?search=Prov.22.8&version=TPT">Prov. 22:8 d </a>  (LXX). There are seven things in the Bible that God loves: (1) the resident foreigner or immigrant (Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.10.19" href="/passage/?search=Deut.10.19&version=TPT">10:19 d </a> ), (2) righteousness in our affairs with others (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.11.7" href="/passage/?search=Ps.11.7&version=TPT">Ps. 11:7 d </a> ), (3) justice (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.37.28" href="/passage/?search=Ps.37.28&version=TPT">Ps. 37:28 d </a> ), (4) the gates of Zion (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.87.2" href="/passage/?search=Ps.87.2&version=TPT">Ps. 87:2 d </a> ), (5) his righteous people (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.146.8" href="/passage/?search=Ps.146.8&version=TPT">Ps. 146:8 d </a> ), (6) a hilarious or cheerful giver (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.9.7" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.9.7&version=TPT">2 Cor. 9:7 d </a> ), and (7) those he disciplines (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.12.6" href="/passage/?search=Heb.12.6&version=TPT">Heb. 12:6 d </a> ).</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8986" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 9:8">2 Corinthians 9:8 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word Paul uses is <i>autarkeia</i>, and it is found in classical Greek as meaning “independently wealthy, needing nothing.” See Aristotle, <i>Pol.</i> 1. 8, 14.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8987" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 9:9">2 Corinthians 9:9 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.112.9" href="/passage/?search=Ps.112.9&version=TPT">Ps. 112:9 f </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8988" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 9:10">2 Corinthians 9:10 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>epichoregeo</i> is used in Greek literature for someone who pays all expenses for the drama/choir (production), plus more, providing income for those who take part. God is seen as the leader of the divine choir, orchestrating everything and providing all that is needed to bring forth the sounds of his glory on the earth.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8988" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 9:10">2 Corinthians 9:10 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.55.10" href="/passage/?search=Isa.55.10&version=TPT">55:10 h </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8988" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 9:10">2 Corinthians 9:10 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word is <i>choregeo</i> (see the first footnote on this verse).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8988" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 9:10">2 Corinthians 9:10 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “righteousness,” used in this context as “generosity” (or “righteous works” of benevolence).</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8989" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 9:11">2 Corinthians 9:11 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “You will always be rich enough to be generous at all times.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8989" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 9:11">2 Corinthians 9:11 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “through us.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8990" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 9:12">2 Corinthians 9:12 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>leitourgia</i> (similar to “liturgy”) is used in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.1.23" href="/passage/?search=Luke.1.23&version=TPT">Luke 1:23 m </a>  for the priestly ministry of Zechariah in the temple.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8990" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 9:12">2 Corinthians 9:12 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a superabounding.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8991" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 9:13">2 Corinthians 9:13 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “passes the test.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8993" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 9:15">2 Corinthians 9:15 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek and Aramaic texts have a clean break at this point. This has caused some scholars to conclude that chs. 10–13 may have originally been separated from the earlier chapters, which could imply that the following four chapters make up the missing letter of Paul to the Corinthians. If this is so, when reading 2 Corinthians, one could begin with chs. 10–13 (Paul’s missing letter), then read from chs. 1–9. The term for this is “appending”; that is, taking an earlier document and adding a later manuscript to it. Yet in this case, the earlier document is appended.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8994" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 10:1">2 Corinthians 10:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “peace” or, literally “by the oasis rest.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8994" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 10:1">2 Corinthians 10:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul is apparently quoting their own words that they used to describe him.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8995" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 10:2">2 Corinthians 10:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Literally “Don’t force me to be severe with the confidence with which I reckon to dare.” Paul pleads with them not to mistake his humility as weakness or an unwillingness to act with authority.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8996" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 10:3">2 Corinthians 10:3 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “strongholds.” The Aramaic word for strongholds can also be translated “rebellious castles.” Paul seems to be referring to demonic strongholds or centers of opposition to the light of the gospel.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8997" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 10:5">2 Corinthians 10:5 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “citadels of argumentations,” which include fantasies.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8997" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 10:5">2 Corinthians 10:5 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “every scheme.” Paul is using the concept of taking prisoners of war, but in this case the prisoners held captive are faulty patterns of thought that defy God’s authority.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8998" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 10:6">2 Corinthians 10:6 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “court martial.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8998" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 10:6">2 Corinthians 10:6 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This completes one long, complicated Greek sentence that began in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.10.3" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.10.3&version=TPT">v. 3 h </a> . In this passage Paul describes four arenas of our warfare: (1) We are empowered by grace and with the gospel to dismantle strongholds. (2) We demolish arguments, opinions, theories, and philosophies. (3) We take captive every thought to insist that it become obedient to the mind of Christ. (4) We stand ready and willing to wage war and defeat the enemy (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.6.10" href="/passage/?search=Eph.6.10&version=TPT">Eph. 6:10-18 h </a> ).</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8999" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 10:7">2 Corinthians 10:7 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “You focus on people’s faces.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9002" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 10:10">2 Corinthians 10:10 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “he’s weak.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9002" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 10:10">2 Corinthians 10:10 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Greece was known as a land of eloquent speakers. Orators were professionally trained to address crowds. It seems some people were judging Paul by comparing his speaking gift to the eloquent speeches of others. Yet Paul was a brilliant teacher, not a trained orator. True leadership is much more than our speaking ability. Our influence is not limited to a rousing sermon, but we will affect the lives of many if we walk in purity, led by the Holy Spirit. Both Moses and Jeremiah saw themselves as poor speakers. See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.4.10" href="/passage/?search=Exod.4.10&version=TPT">4:10-12 k </a> ; Jer. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jer.1.6" href="/passage/?search=Jer.1.6&version=TPT">1:6 k </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9004" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 10:12">2 Corinthians 10:12 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “copying one another.” God has made each of us unique and given us spiritual gifts that are unique. It is never wise to copy or compare yourself to another believer. Pride will result if we see ourselves as better than someone else, or discouragement if we see ourselves as less valuable than someone else. We don’t live by comparison to others but by Christ’s life in us.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9005" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 10:13">2 Corinthians 10:13 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the sphere of the allocation” (given to us). Paul uses the Greek word <i>metron,</i> which was the length of a race course (Gr. <i>dromos</i>). It was the word used to define the boundaries of a Greek stadium. One could say that Paul stayed within his lane and knew the limits of his measure (<i>metron</i>) of spiritual authority.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9009" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 10:17">2 Corinthians 10:17 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Jer. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jer.9.24" href="/passage/?search=Jer.9.24&version=TPT">9:24 n </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9012" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:2">2 Corinthians 11:2 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “godly jealousy.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9012" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:2">2 Corinthians 11:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul uses the imagery of a bride and bridegroom to describe our relationship to Christ. See Hos. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Hos.2.19" href="/passage/?search=Hos.2.19&version=TPT">2:19-20 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.3.29" href="/passage/?search=John.3.29&version=TPT">John 3:29-30 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.5.25" href="/passage/?search=Eph.5.25&version=TPT">Eph. 5:25-27 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.19.6" href="/passage/?search=Rev.19.6&version=TPT">Rev. 19:6-8 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.19.21" href="/passage/?search=Rev.19.21&version=TPT">21 b </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9014" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:4">2 Corinthians 11:4 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or possibly a reference to “the serpent.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9015" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:5">2 Corinthians 11:5 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “hyper-apostles.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9017" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:7">2 Corinthians 11:7 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul received financial support for preaching the gospel and could have asked the Corinthians to support him (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.10.10" href="/passage/?search=Matt.10.10&version=TPT">Matt. 10:10 e </a> ). But while among them, he refused to receive their gifts and relied on other churches to support him. He did this to set himself apart from the “super-apostles” in Corinth and to demonstrate that his ministry would not be bought.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9019" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:9">2 Corinthians 11:9 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the brothers.” This was most likely from the church of Philippi. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Phil.4.15" href="/passage/?search=Phil.4.15&version=TPT">Phil. 4:15-16 f </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9020" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:10">2 Corinthians 11:10 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, the region where Corinth was located.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9023" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:13">2 Corinthians 11:13 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “dishonest.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9023" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:13">2 Corinthians 11:13 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “who change their form into super-apostles.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9024" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:14">2 Corinthians 11:14 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>In the Jewish pseudepigraphical book, <i>Apocalypse of Moses</i>, the temptation of Eve is given, and it includes Satan masquerading himself as an angel of light. In the same way, these false apostles were claiming to be sent from Christ but were peddling another gospel.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9028" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:18">2 Corinthians 11:18 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “after the flesh” (according to earthly distinctions).</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9033" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:23">2 Corinthians 11:23 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.15.31" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.15.31&version=TPT">1 Cor. 15:31 l </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.4.11" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.4.11&version=TPT">2 Cor. 4:11 l </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9034" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:24">2 Corinthians 11:24 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “forty lashes minus one.” Paul received a total of 195 lashings in his lifetime. It was the custom that if anyone was sentenced to lashings, the punishers must ensure that they did not exceed forty, so they only struck the victim thirty-nine times. See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.25.3" href="/passage/?search=Deut.25.3&version=TPT">25:3 m </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9035" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:25">2 Corinthians 11:25 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.16.22" href="/passage/?search=Acts.16.22&version=TPT">Acts 16:22-23 n </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9035" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:25">2 Corinthians 11:25 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.14.19" href="/passage/?search=Acts.14.19&version=TPT">Acts 14:19 o </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9035" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:25">2 Corinthians 11:25 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Since the shipwreck mentioned in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.27.39" href="/passage/?search=Acts.27.39&version=TPT">Acts 27:39-44 p </a>  happened after Paul wrote to the Corinthians, his total shipwrecks were four. Apparently the three he mentions here took place during his earlier missionary journeys. Some have calculated that Paul had made eight or nine voyages at the time of this writing.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9037" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:27">2 Corinthians 11:27 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>In <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.11.23" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.11.23&version=TPT">vv. 23–27 q </a>  Paul uses his experiences of enduring suffering and hardships as the validation of his apostolic ministry. He would one day sacrifice his life for the gospel while in Rome. In ch. 12 Paul will use visions and spiritual encounters from God to further validate his role as an apostle of Christ.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9039" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:29">2 Corinthians 11:29 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “ablaze with anger.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9042" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:32">2 Corinthians 11:32 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “ethnarch,” a politically appointed leader over a specific ethnic group, who represents the king.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9042" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:32">2 Corinthians 11:32 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>He was the father-in-law of Herod Antipas.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9043" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 11:33">2 Corinthians 11:33 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was a large, braided wicker basket. Humiliated by this ordeal, one could say that Paul was a “basket case.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9044" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 12:1">2 Corinthians 12:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “from the Lord.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9045" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 12:2">2 Corinthians 12:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although there are Jewish traditions that present a cosmology of seven levels of heaven, most scholars conclude that the third heaven is the highest realm of the immediate presence of God.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9046" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 12:3">2 Corinthians 12:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There are a number of compelling reasons to conclude that the “man” Paul refers to in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.12.2" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.12.2&version=TPT">vv. 2–4 c </a>  is himself: (1) He knew the exact time this ecstatic experience took place. (2) He knew that what was overheard in the third heaven was “inexpressible” and not to be repeated. (3) He was not certain about what state he was in (embodied/disembodied). (4) In <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.12.7" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.12.7&version=TPT">v. 7 c </a>  he uses the first-person pronoun <i>me</i> (“a thorn in the flesh was given to me”) as a counterbalance to the high level of revelation that Paul had received. It was a common literary device, a rhetorical ploy, to avoid speaking of oneself directly in this fashion and by using the phrase “Someone I’m acquainted with” (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.12.2" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.12.2&version=TPT">v. 2 c </a> ) when he, in fact, was referring to himself. It is a sign of Paul’s humility and integrity that he did not “boast” of this event that took place fourteen years earlier. Many today who have experiences with God are quick to tell what happened. Paul veiled his heavenly encounters with God and waited to share them only when it was appropriate and faith-building for others. Not every experience we have is meant to be shared immediately. This is what got Joseph the dreamer thrown into a pit by his jealous brothers.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9047" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 12:4">2 Corinthians 12:4 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>What Paul described as the third heaven in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.12.3" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.12.3&version=TPT">v. 3 d </a>  is now called paradise. It is possible that Paul is recounting two different experiences, or possibly one experience in which he ascended into two levels or two realms of encounter (third heaven and then paradise/seventh heaven). The third possibility is that it was one and the same place, described with different terms. For more on the term <i>paradise</i> (Hb. <i>pardes</i>, Aramaic <i>pardesa</i>, Gr. <i>paradeisos</i>), see Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.2.9" href="/passage/?search=Gen.2.9&version=TPT">2:9 d </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.23.43" href="/passage/?search=Luke.23.43&version=TPT">Luke 23:43 d </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.2.7" href="/passage/?search=Rev.2.7&version=TPT">Rev. 2:7 d </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9047" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 12:4">2 Corinthians 12:4 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “words” or “matters” or “things.” Paul was privileged to see and hear of mysteries that are beyond the reach of human language and unable to be spoken by human lips.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9047" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 12:4">2 Corinthians 12:4 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.10.4" href="/passage/?search=Rev.10.4&version=TPT">Rev. 10:4 f </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9048" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 12:5">2 Corinthians 12:5 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “afflictions.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9050" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 12:7">2 Corinthians 12:7 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The true character of spiritual revelations is that they exalt Christ, not people. It is a paradox that the greater our understanding of God, the less we truly know and the more humble we become. Paul refused to be exalted in the eyes of others. This is the nature of true apostolic ministry.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9050" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 12:7">2 Corinthians 12:7 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “to slap my face” or “to box my ears.” Paul did not have a demon, though it was possible that a demon followed him to harass and hinder. This is more likely a metaphor of the harassment he endured, the constant misunderstanding and persecution that came to him because of his faith in Jesus. There is no indication that this “thorn” was a sickness. In Paul’s list of hardships (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.11.23" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.11.23&version=TPT">2 Cor. 11:23-27 i </a> ) he does not mention a sickness or disease.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9052" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 12:9">2 Corinthians 12:9 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “My grace is continuously sufficient in you” (to ward it off).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9052" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 12:9">2 Corinthians 12:9 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “The power of Christ rests upon me like a tent or tabernacle” (providing me shelter).</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9056" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 12:13">2 Corinthians 12:13 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul appears to be addressing a complaint that he had treated the Corinthians differently than the other churches when, in fact, he had refused their financial support and was helped instead by the Philippians, who aided him financially while in Corinth, and for this he should have been commended by them. The five marks of Paul being a true apostle are (1) supernatural signs attesting to God’s presence and authority, (2) wonderful deeds that could be explained only by a supernatural God, (3) powerful miracles that point to Christ, (4) treating the churches with respect and not wanting to burden them if at all possible, and (5) becoming a true spiritual father to the churches (see <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.12.15" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.12.15&version=TPT">v. 15 l </a> ).</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9057" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 12:14">2 Corinthians 12:14 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It was during Paul’s third visit to Corinth that he wrote the letter to the Romans.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9058" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 12:15">2 Corinthians 12:15 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “for your souls.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9058" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 12:15">2 Corinthians 12:15 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some manuscripts indicate that this is not a rhetorical clause but make it into a concessive clause subordinate to the first half of the verse, effectively changing the meaning to “I will gladly spend all that I am for you, even though you love me less for doing so.” Sacrificial love is always the key to opening the hearts of people we minister to and serve.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9065" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 13:1">2 Corinthians 13:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.19.15" href="/passage/?search=Deut.19.15&version=TPT">19:15 a </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.18.16" href="/passage/?search=Matt.18.16&version=TPT">Matt. 18:16 a </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Tim.5.19" href="/passage/?search=1Tim.5.19&version=TPT">1 Tim. 5:19 a </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9068" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 13:5">2 Corinthians 13:5 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “Examine yourselves to see if you are indeed in the faith.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9068" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 13:5">2 Corinthians 13:5 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “unless you are disqualified.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9069" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 13:6">2 Corinthians 13:6 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “You know that we are not disqualified.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9070" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 13:7">2 Corinthians 13:7 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.4.7" href="/passage/?search=Song.4.7&version=TPT">Song. 4:7 e </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9070" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 13:7">2 Corinthians 13:7 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “even if we appear as disapproved.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9072" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 13:9">2 Corinthians 13:9 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>eukhomai</i> (accusative and infinitive construction) means more than prayer; it is to make a claim before God in prayer. The verb is <i>eukhe,</i> which means a votive obligation and is translated “make a vow” in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.18.18" href="/passage/?search=Acts.18.18&version=TPT">Acts 18:18 g </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9074" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 13:11">2 Corinthians 13:11 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “brothers (and sisters).”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9075" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 13:12">2 Corinthians 13:12 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>What makes a kiss holy or sacred is that it comes from the love of God. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.1.2" href="/passage/?search=Song.1.2&version=TPT">Song. 1:2 i </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.16.16" href="/passage/?search=Rom.16.16&version=TPT">Rom. 16:16 i </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9077" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 13:14">2 Corinthians 13:14 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic ends with this concluding statement: “The end of the second letter to the Corinthians that was written from Philippi of Macedonia and sent by the hand of Titus.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9078" title="Go to Galatians 1:1">Galatians 1:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The name Paul means “little.” His name before his conversion was Saul, which means “significant one” or “sought after.” What great transformation takes place when we experience a profound change like Saul did! God transforms us from being “important” to being “small” in our own eyes. This is what qualifies God’s apostolic servants.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9078" title="Go to Galatians 1:1">Galatians 1:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The word <i>apostle</i> means “one who is sent on a mission” or “an ambassador.” By implication, an apostle carries the delegated authority of the one who sends him. Paul was chosen by Jesus Christ as an apostle to plant churches and impart the revelation of Christ and his true gospel. There are more references in the New Testament about the gift of apostle than all the other gifts (prophet, evangelist, pastor, and teacher) combined. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.4.11" href="/passage/?search=Eph.4.11&version=TPT">Eph. 4:11 b </a> .</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9079" title="Go to Galatians 1:2">Galatians 1:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>adelphos</i> is used throughout the New Testament for brothers (and sisters). It is used in classical Greek by physicians to describe “those who came from the same womb.” We are all truly born from the same “womb” of the Father’s heart and the wounded side of Jesus Christ. In the time of Alexander the Great, the word <i>adelphos</i> was used not only for brothers (and sisters), but for “faithful soldiers.” How wonderful it is in our journey to know that we have those fighting for the faith alongside of us who are born from the same womb and faithful partners in our battles.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9079" title="Go to Galatians 1:2">Galatians 1:2 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Galatia.” This was the region in Asia Minor (modern-day Turkey) that Paul visited during his first and second missionary journeys. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.16.2" href="/passage/?search=Acts.16.2&version=TPT">Acts 16:1-5 d </a> .</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9080" title="Go to Galatians 1:3">Galatians 1:3 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the word <i>peace</i>, which in the Hebraic mindset means “health, prosperity, peace, and total well-being.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9080" title="Go to Galatians 1:3">Galatians 1:3 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Grace was not just a “message” that Paul taught; it was the way he dealt with deceived people. Even over the confused churches that were mixing works and grace, Paul spoke words of blessing and peace. When we learn to bless and release “undeserved kindness” and “well-being” over those who oppose us, perhaps then they will listen to us.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9080" title="Go to Galatians 1:3">Galatians 1:3 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This “evil world system” would include the religious system that is based on duty and performance instead of love and grace.</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9089" title="Go to Galatians 1:13">Galatians 1:13 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “beyond measure.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9094" title="Go to Galatians 1:18">Galatians 1:18 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic name of Peter is <i>kefa</i>, which means “rock.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9095" title="Go to Galatians 1:19">Galatians 1:19 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Jacob.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9097" title="Go to Galatians 1:21">Galatians 1:21 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Cilicia,” which was the southeastern province of Asia Minor, directly adjoining Syria.</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9100" title="Go to Galatians 1:24">Galatians 1:24 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic text states “they glorified God for having me.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9101" title="Go to Galatians 2:1">Galatians 2:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Barnabas is an Aramaic name that means “son of encouragement.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9101" title="Go to Galatians 2:1">Galatians 2:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Titus was a Gentile convert to Christ and was a frequent companion of Paul’s. Later Paul wrote a beautiful letter to Titus. Titus’ name means “nurse.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9102" title="Go to Galatians 2:2">Galatians 2:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although we don’t know exactly what the “clear revelation” might have been, it is possible it came in the form of a dream, a vision, a prophecy, or an angel that appeared to Paul.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9102" title="Go to Galatians 2:2">Galatians 2:2 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek text states “running the race for nothing.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9103" title="Go to Galatians 2:3">Galatians 2:3 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Titus was converted through Paul’s ministry and was later sent out by Paul as an apostolic church planter. The book of Titus was written by Paul to his spiritual son to give him encouragement and revelation for his ministry.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9103" title="Go to Galatians 2:3">Galatians 2:3 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “be circumcised.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9103" title="Go to Galatians 2:3">Galatians 2:3 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>“Receive him as a brother,” although not in the text, is implicit within the context.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9103" title="Go to Galatians 2:3">Galatians 2:3 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Aramean,” which is an Aramaic-speaking gentile. Syrians are Arameans, but Greeks are not. Most Greek manuscripts identify Titus as a Greek when, in fact, he was Syrian. It is believed that the Greek copies of the manuscript changed Titus’ ethnicity to Greek, but the Aramaic text correctly identifies him as a Syrian.</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9105" title="Go to Galatians 2:5">Galatians 2:5 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or in Aramaic “their efforts to enslave us” or “their oppression.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9106" title="Go to Galatians 2:6">Galatians 2:6 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “masks.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9109" title="Go to Galatians 2:9">Galatians 2:9 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “pillars.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9109" title="Go to Galatians 2:9">Galatians 2:9 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “they gave me the right to proceed.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9111" title="Go to Galatians 2:11">Galatians 2:11 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Antioch was a large city in Syria with a significant Jewish population. It was in Antioch that believers were first called Christians and it was the first church to send out missionaries to the nations. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.11.25" href="/passage/?search=Acts.11.25&version=TPT">Acts 11:25 m </a> ; 13:1–<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.13.3" href="/passage/?search=Acts.13.3&version=TPT">3 m </a> .</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9112" title="Go to Galatians 2:12">Galatians 2:12 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “those who were not of the circumcision.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9113" title="Go to Galatians 2:13">Galatians 2:13 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The incident of <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.10-Acts.11" href="/passage/?search=Acts.10-Acts.11&version=TPT">Acts 10–11 o </a>  happened before this account in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gal.2" href="/passage/?search=Gal.2&version=TPT">Gal. 2 o </a> . Peter was shown by a heavenly vision that God views the non-Jewish believers as “clean.” This amplifies Peter’s hypocrisy. Even Jesus’ apostles had conflicts that needed to be worked out and healed.</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9114" title="Go to Galatians 2:14">Galatians 2:14 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some Aramaic translators translate this word “Syrian” or “Aramean.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9116" title="Go to Galatians 2:16">Galatians 2:16 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic and Greek is clearly “the faith of Jesus, the Messiah.” It is not simply our faith, but his—the faithfulness of Jesus to fulfill the Father’s pleasure in his life and the sacrifice for our sins in his death. Salvation is found in the “faith of Jesus.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9120" title="Go to Galatians 2:20">Galatians 2:20 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The last sentence of this verse in Aramaic is plural, “us.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9122" title="Go to Galatians 3:1">Galatians 3:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word used here means “to cast a spell using the evil eye.” Paul uses a pun here in the Greek text. He goes on to say, “Didn’t God <i>open</i> your <i>eyes</i>?”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9122" title="Go to Galatians 3:1">Galatians 3:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The great revelation of the cross had been supernaturally given to them; but they were diluting the glorious work of the cross by adding to it the works of religion.</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9124" title="Go to Galatians 3:3">Galatians 3:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9126" title="Go to Galatians 3:5">Galatians 3:5 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Greek. The Aramaic text states “God’s covenant of power.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9127" title="Go to Galatians 3:6">Galatians 3:6 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.15.6" href="/passage/?search=Gen.15.6&version=TPT">15:6 e </a> .</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9129" title="Go to Galatians 3:8">Galatians 3:8 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.12.3" href="/passage/?search=Gen.12.3&version=TPT">12:3 f </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.18.18" href="/passage/?search=Gen.18.18&version=TPT">18:18 f </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.22.18" href="/passage/?search=Gen.22.18&version=TPT">22:18 f </a> .</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9131" title="Go to Galatians 3:10">Galatians 3:10 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.27.26" href="/passage/?search=Deut.27.26&version=TPT">27:26 g </a> .</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9132" title="Go to Galatians 3:11">Galatians 3:11 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Hab. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Hab.2.4" href="/passage/?search=Hab.2.4&version=TPT">2:4 h </a> .</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9133" title="Go to Galatians 3:12">Galatians 3:12 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.18.5" href="/passage/?search=Lev.18.5&version=TPT">18:5 i </a> .</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9134" title="Go to Galatians 3:13">Galatians 3:13 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.21.23" href="/passage/?search=Deut.21.23&version=TPT">21:23 j </a> .</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9136" title="Go to Galatians 3:15">Galatians 3:15 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The most ancient Aramaic manuscript has a different meaning for this verse. It could also be translated, “The covenant of the Son of Man that I reference should never be denigrated or changed in any way by men.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9137" title="Go to Galatians 3:16">Galatians 3:16 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated literally from the Greek. It can also mean “covenant.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9137" title="Go to Galatians 3:16">Galatians 3:16 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “seed.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9138" title="Go to Galatians 3:17">Galatians 3:17 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The concept of the “promise” is that all we need is faith to believe it. This is the revelation of grace that saves us, for the “promise” is enough.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9138" title="Go to Galatians 3:17">Galatians 3:17 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This last sentence is the implied conclusion of Paul’s logic.</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9139" title="Go to Galatians 3:19">Galatians 3:19 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This would be Moses. However, the Aramaic can be translated “the one who was able.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9140" title="Go to Galatians 3:20">Galatians 3:20 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “but God is one.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9141" title="Go to Galatians 3:21">Galatians 3:21 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The law and the promise (grace) each have a distinct function. The law brings conviction of sin, which unveils grace as the way to salvation. The law moves us, even compels us, to reach for grace. And grace will cause one to soar even higher than the demands of the law.</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9146" title="Go to Galatians 3:26">Galatians 3:26 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is the “faith of Jesus,” or what he believes about you, that makes you his very own.</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9148" title="Go to Galatians 3:28">Galatians 3:28 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “enslaved or free.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9153" title="Go to Galatians 4:4">Galatians 4:4 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Every child has a mother; but for Jesus to be “born of a woman” meant there was no human father, no male counterpart. Jesus’ true Father is the Father of Eternity. No other child has had a virgin birth, “born of a woman,” except him. All the rest of us are born from a father and a mother.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9153" title="Go to Galatians 4:4">Galatians 4:4 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “under the law.”</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9155" title="Go to Galatians 4:6">Galatians 4:6 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the Aramaic word <i>Abba</i> which means “my father.” <i>Abba</i> was borrowed by the Greeks and is found in the Greek manuscripts as well.</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9159" title="Go to Galatians 4:10">Galatians 4:10 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Sabbaths.” There is no requirement for gentiles to become like Jews and observe Jewish ordinances in order to draw closer to God. Our approach to God is always on the basis of grace and faith in the blood of Jesus Christ, the Lord of the Sabbath.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-9159" title="Go to Galatians 4:10">Galatians 4:10 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>These terms could also apply to following astrological signs.</span>


bookid: Gal
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-9161" title="Go to Galatians 4:12">Galatians 4:12 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “imitated you.” Paul is using sarcasm and saying, “I imitated you; now you should imitate me!”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10473" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:7">2 Peter 1:7 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and implied in the Greek. This mercy would include forgiveness and forbearance to those who fail.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10473" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:7">2 Peter 1:7 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is possible to view this passage like an unfolding of faith. “Out of your faith will emerge goodness, and out of goodness will emerge understanding (of God), and out of understanding (of God) will emerge inner strength (self-control), and out of inner strength will emerge patient endurance, and out of patient endurance will emerge godliness, and out of godliness will emerge mercy toward your brothers and sisters, and out of mercy will emerge love.” It is also possible to view this passage as a mathematical equation. Faith + goodness = understanding. Goodness + understanding = inner strength. Understanding + inner strength = patience. Inner strength + patience = godliness. Patience + godliness = mercy. And godliness + mercy = love.</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10474" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:8">2 Peter 1:8 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>hyparcho</i> means to “begin below” (or “within,” like a plant growing beneath the ground).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10474" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:8">2 Peter 1:8 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “abounding” (repeatedly being more than enough).</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10475" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:9">2 Peter 1:9 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although the Greek word <i>myopazo</i> can mean “nearsighted,” it is a compound word taken from the base word <i>mysterion</i> (mystery), and <i>optonomai</i> (to look upon, to behold). The implication is that when the virtues of the divine nature are not flourishing in believers, it is because they are “closing [their] eyes” to the mysteries of our faith, i.e., Christ in us, the hope of glory. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Col.1.27" href="/passage/?search=Col.1.27&version=TPT">Col. 1:27 u </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10475" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:9">2 Peter 1:9 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “he is still searching for the purification of his original sins.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10476" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:10">2 Peter 1:10 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “brothers [and sisters].”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10476" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:10">2 Peter 1:10 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic adds the phrase “by your good deeds.” The implication is that by developing the virtues Peter has spoken of in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Pet.1.3" href="/passage/?search=2Pet.1.3&version=TPT">vv. 3–7 x </a> , we validate God’s calling and choice of us.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10476" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:10">2 Peter 1:10 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>We have a confident assurance that we have been chosen and called to salvation by God himself. This is a firm foundation on which to build our lives. We can grow in that confidence as we see the work of the Spirit bearing spiritual fruit through our lives. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gal.5.22" href="/passage/?search=Gal.5.22&version=TPT">Gal. 5:22-23 y </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Tim.2.19" href="/passage/?search=2Tim.2.19&version=TPT">2 Tim. 2:19 y </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1John.3.10" href="/passage/?search=1John.3.10&version=TPT">1 John 3:10 y </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.3.14" href="/passage/?search=John.3.14&version=TPT">14 y </a> . The Greek for “invited you” is <i>klesis,</i> which means “to invite [summon] to a feast.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10476" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:10">2 Peter 1:10 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word for “claimed as his own” is <i>ekloge</i> (from his <i>logos</i> word). God spoke and you were his. You are meant to be a “chosen word” from his mouth, and you will not return to him void, but you will accomplish what he has destined for you to do.</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10477" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:11">2 Peter 1:11 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the Greek word <i>epichoregeo</i>, which can mean “richly provide” (for the choir) or “choreograph.” The Lord of the dance will richly welcome you into his eternal kingdom. See Zech. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Zech.3.17" href="/passage/?search=Zech.3.17&version=TPT">3:17 a </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10478" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:12">2 Peter 1:12 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “in the measure of truth that has reached you.” The implication is that there is yet more truth for every follower of Jesus to learn and embrace.</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10479" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:13">2 Peter 1:13 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “as long as I am in this tent.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10480" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:14">2 Peter 1:14 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “that the removal of my tent is soon,” a euphemism for Peter’s death. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.21.18" href="/passage/?search=John.21.18&version=TPT">John 21:18-19 d </a> . The apostle Peter knew that death was coming soon for him. Indeed, in AD 68 he was crucified upside down in Rome, at his own request, so as not to die in the same manner as Jesus.</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10481" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:15">2 Peter 1:15 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “make every effort.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10482" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:16">2 Peter 1:16 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>A possible hendiadys, “the powerful coming of our Lord Jesus Christ in power” or “the appearing of our powerful Lord Jesus Christ.” The Aramaic can be translated “the power and comingness of our Master, Jesus Christ.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10482" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:16">2 Peter 1:16 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.17.1-Matt.17.8" href="/passage/?search=Matt.17.1-Matt.17.8&version=TPT">Matt. 17:1-8 g </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.9.1-Mark.9.7" href="/passage/?search=Mark.9.1-Mark.9.7&version=TPT">Mark 9:1-7 g </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.9.27" href="/passage/?search=Luke.9.27&version=TPT">Luke 9:27-36 g </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10483" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:17">2 Peter 1:17 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>A possible periphrastic reference to God, “the transcendent glory.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10483" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:17">2 Peter 1:17 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “On him my favor rests.” The Aramaic can be translated “in whom I am fulfilled.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10485" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:19">2 Peter 1:19 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The phrase <i>prophetic word</i>, or “word of prophecy,” when found in Christian writing through the second century is used only for Old Testament Scriptures. See Peter Davids, <i>The Letters of 2 Peter and Jude</i> (Grand Rapids, MI: Eerdmans, 2006), 207; Gene Green, <i>Jude and 2 Peter</i> (Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Academic, 2008), 227; David Walls and Max Anders, <i>The Holman New Testament Commentary: 1 and 2 Peter; 1, 2 and 3 John and Jude</i> (Nashville, TN: B&H Publishing, 1999), 113. See also Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.8.20" href="/passage/?search=Isa.8.20&version=TPT">8:20 j </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.24.25" href="/passage/?search=Luke.24.25&version=TPT">Luke 24:25 j </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.6.45" href="/passage/?search=John.6.45&version=TPT">John 6:45 j </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10485" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:19">2 Peter 1:19 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The comparative adjective <i>bebaioteron</i> (more reliable) serves as a predicate adjective. “And we have the prophetic word as more certain,” meaning that the transfiguration confirmed (made more certain) the witness of the Old Testament Scriptures to Jesus as Messiah, the Son of God, who brought his eternal kingdom on earth (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Pet.1.11" href="/passage/?search=2Pet.1.11&version=TPT">2 Peter 1:11 k </a> ). The witness of God’s Spirit through the transfiguration complements the witness of the Old Testament Scriptures in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Pet.1.19" href="/passage/?search=2Pet.1.19&version=TPT">2 Peter 1:19 k </a> —both confirm that Jesus is the Messiah, God’s Son, who will return to rule on earth. See Peter Davids, <i>The Letters of 2 Peter and Jude</i> (Grand Rapids, MI: Eerdmans, 2006), 207. What is said to be made more certain or reliable is “the written message of the prophets.” This has bothered some commentators in that it places experience ahead of the prophetic word, so they argue that the prophetic word makes the transfiguration more certain, citing later Jewish opinion that even a voice (<i>bat qol</i>) from heaven could not overrule a Scripture. That, however, is not what the grammar of the text indicates. Instead, we see that “the written message of the prophets” is what is made more certain/reliable. See also M. Zerwick and M. Grosvenor, <i>A Grammatical Analysis of the Greek New Testament</i>, 3rd rev. edition (Rome: Editrice Pontificio Istituto Biblico, 1988), 719; Lewis R. Donelson, <i>1 and 2 Peter and Jude</i> (Louisville, KY: Westminster John Knox, 2010), 234: “This means that the account of the transfiguration makes OT prophecy more reliable. . . . The giving of honor and glory to Jesus at the transfiguration reinforces the credibility of OT prophecies about the messiah”; D. P. Senior and D. J. Harrington, <i>1 Peter, Jude and 2 Peter</i> (Collegeville, MN: Liturgical Press, 2008), 257: “The idea seems to be that the transfiguration and all that pertains to Jesus fulfills and thus confirms what the prophets said and so makes them even ‘all the more reliable’”; the same view was also held by the well-known Greek scholar of the early twentieth century; A. T. Robertson, <i>Word Pictures of the New Testament</i>, vol. 6 (Nashville, TN: Broadman Press, 1931), p. 157.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10485" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:19">2 Peter 1:19 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “lamp.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.119.105" href="/passage/?search=Ps.119.105&version=TPT">Ps. 119:105 l </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10485" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:19">2 Peter 1:19 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This dismal or dark/murky place can be both the world in which we live and the human heart bathed in the light of truth, displacing gloom and darkness. See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.9.1" href="/passage/?search=Isa.9.1&version=TPT">9:1 m </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10485" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:19">2 Peter 1:19 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.1.78" href="/passage/?search=Luke.1.78&version=TPT">Luke 1:78 n </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10485" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:19">2 Peter 1:19 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Light Bearer.” The Aramaic can be translated “until the sun rises in your hearts.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.22.16" href="/passage/?search=Rev.22.16&version=TPT">Rev. 22:16 o </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10485" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:19">2 Peter 1:19 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is not simply a far-off future event of Christ’s coming but the internal promise of his light and power subduing our hearts, as Christ rises within us like the dawning of the new day and like the morning star. The dawn conquers the night, and the morning star promises the new day appearing.</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10486" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:20">2 Peter 1:20 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek text is somewhat ambiguous and can be translated in three ways: (1) No prophecy can be interpreted by the prophet’s own imagination; that is, they didn’t make things up. (2) No prophecy can be interpreted by itself, for other Scriptures are needed to understand and interpret biblical prophecy. (3) No prophecy can be interpreted by one’s own imagination, for the help of the Holy Spirit, who inspired it, is needed to interpret it. The Aramaic can be translated “No prophecy is ever fulfilled as soon as it is written.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10487" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:21">2 Peter 1:21 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some Greek manuscripts have “holy men” (and women).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10487" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:21">2 Peter 1:21 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is a clear reference to the doctrine of the inspiration of the Scriptures. It is God’s words spoken (prophecy) and written, as given by the Holy Spirit. God speaks through people his inspired and trustworthy words. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Tim.3.16" href="/passage/?search=2Tim.3.16&version=TPT">2 Tim. 3:16-17 s </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10488" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:1">2 Peter 2:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Pretend prophets birthed themselves.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10488" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:1">2 Peter 2:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “destructive ways of thinking” (viewpoints).</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10489" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:2">2 Peter 2:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “sensualities” (outrageous behaviors).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10489" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:2">2 Peter 2:2 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the true Way.” Some manuscripts have “the glory of the truth.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10490" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:3">2 Peter 2:3 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “with greed.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10490" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:3">2 Peter 2:3 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “Abaddon never slumbers.” <i>Abaddon</i> is a Hebrew term for the realm of the dead and symbolizes the bottomless pit.</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10491" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:4">2 Peter 2:4 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Because of the context of Noah’s flood, these were possibly the “Watchers,” angels who sinned and rebelled against God’s laws by having sexual relations with women, thus producing offspring (Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.6.1" href="/passage/?search=Gen.6.1&version=TPT">6:1-4 g </a> ). They are mentioned in Dan. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.4.13" href="/passage/?search=Dan.4.13&version=TPT">4:13 g </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.4.17" href="/passage/?search=Dan.4.17&version=TPT">17 g </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.4.23" href="/passage/?search=Dan.4.23&version=TPT">23 g </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jude.1.6" href="/passage/?search=Jude.1.6&version=TPT">Jude 6–7 g </a> ; the <i>Book of 1 Enoch</i> 6–10; the <i>Book of Jubilees</i> 5; and the Dead Sea Scrolls (The Book of Giants). God put them in chains (ropes) and bound them in Tartarus (the deepest pit of gloom) until their final judgment.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10491" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:4">2 Peter 2:4 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek uses the term <i>Tartarus</i>, a Hellenistic mythical term for the subterranean underworld, the lowest pit (of hell).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10491" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:4">2 Peter 2:4 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and two older Greek uncials.</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10492" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:5">2 Peter 2:5 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “original world.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10492" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:5">2 Peter 2:5 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a world devoid of awe.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10492" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:5">2 Peter 2:5 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Gen. 6–8; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.3.20" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.3.20&version=TPT">1 Peter 3:20 l </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10493" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:6">2 Peter 2:6 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Gen. 19.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10493" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:6">2 Peter 2:6 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “as an example to the ungodly of coming generations.” After seeing these three examples (fallen angels, people who lived at the time of the flood, Sodom and Gomorrah), it is difficult to believe that everyone will ultimately be saved. There is a doom that awaits the ungodly (those who do not believe in Jesus Christ, the Savior).</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10494" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:7">2 Peter 2:7 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10496" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:9">2 Peter 2:9 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “to keep the unrighteous under punishment until the day of judgment,” which implies that the wicked are living under God’s punishment even before they are ultimately judged.</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10497" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:10">2 Peter 2:10 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “despising realms of power” (authority). The Aramaic can be translated “They do not tremble with awe while they blaspheme.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10497" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:10">2 Peter 2:10 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “slandering reputations” or “blaspheming glories” (dignitaries). Because of the context, most believe this is speaking of “glorious” celestial beings in heaven (e.g., archangels). See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jude.1.8" href="/passage/?search=Jude.1.8&version=TPT">Jude 8–10 r </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10498" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:11">2 Peter 2:11 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some manuscripts do not have “before the Lord.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10500" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:13">2 Peter 2:13 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter equates the gatherings of believers as “love feasts.” Our true purpose in coming together is to magnify and feast on the love of Christ, sharing his love with all.</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10501" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:14">2 Peter 2:14 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Their eyes are full of an adulteress.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10502" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:15">2 Peter 2:15 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Bosor.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10503" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:16">2 Peter 2:16 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Num. 22–24.</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10508" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:21">2 Peter 2:21 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “holy command.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10509" title="Go to 2 Peter 2:22">2 Peter 2:22 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.26.11" href="/passage/?search=Prov.26.11&version=TPT">Prov. 26:11 y </a> . The rest of the proverb is believed to be a quote from Heraclitus of Ephesus, known as the “weeping philosopher” (535–475 BC).</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10510" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:1">2 Peter 3:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This would indicate that Peter is writing to the same people as his first letter (Galatia, Cappadocia, and the Roman province of Asia).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10510" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:1">2 Peter 3:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a pure mind” or “sincere intention.” The Aramaic can be translated “awaken your beautiful memories.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10511" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:2">2 Peter 3:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “commandment.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10511" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:2">2 Peter 3:2 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter places “your apostles” on the same level as the Old Testament prophets as to their trustworthiness and in setting the standard for living a life of purity for God.</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10512" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:3">2 Peter 3:3 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “deceivers.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10513" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:4">2 Peter 3:4 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the Greek word <i>parousia,</i> which can also mean “presence” or “arrival” or “visitation.” The Aramaic can be translated “Where is the kingdom that he brought?”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10515" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:6">2 Peter 3:6 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Verses 5–6 are translated from the Aramaic. The Greek could be translated “The word of the Lord formed the heavens and the earth out of water and by means of water. And it was destroyed by the submerging of the world of that day—destroyed by water.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10516" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:7">2 Peter 3:7 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “the earth is being kept as a hayloft (or pile of hay) for the fire.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10517" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:8">2 Peter 3:8 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10517" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:8">2 Peter 3:8 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter gives us an incredible interpretive key to understand time from the Lord’s perspective. A day and a thousand years can both be symbolic. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.90.4" href="/passage/?search=Ps.90.4&version=TPT">Ps. 90:4 j </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10518" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:9">2 Peter 3:9 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is quite different and can be translated “The Lord does not treat his kingdom like a dutiful chore, as some people consider it, like the treatment of a temporary laborer. But he pours out his Spirit on your behalf, since he does not wish that anyone should perish but that everyone should come into grace.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10519" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:10">2 Peter 3:10 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “elements.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10519" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:10">2 Peter 3:10 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “The earth and its works will be refined.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10521" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:12">2 Peter 3:12 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter is teaching us that the church has the ability to speed up (and, by implication, slow down) the coming of the day of God. The closer we get to Christ, the closer will be his coming. “The day of God” is an equivalent phrase to the “day of the Lord.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10522" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:13">2 Peter 3:13 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Aramaic word for promise is best translated “royal proclamation.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10522" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:13">2 Peter 3:13 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.65.17" href="/passage/?search=Isa.65.17&version=TPT">65:17 p </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.66.22" href="/passage/?search=Isa.66.22&version=TPT">66:22 p </a> . There is coming a day when all will live according to God’s perfect will for their lives and righteousness will be at home on earth and in every heart. This will be the day when justice reigns on earth. The Aramaic can be translated “We expect from his promise a new sky and a new earth in which the virtuous people will dwell.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10523" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:14">2 Peter 3:14 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although this is clearly implied, it is based on the dative pronoun <i>auto,</i> which does not indicate agency (by him), but in his presence (before him).</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10524" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:15">2 Peter 3:15 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Pet.3.9" href="/passage/?search=2Pet.3.9&version=TPT">2 Peter 3:9 r </a> . The Aramaic can be translated “Consider the Lord’s outpouring of [his] Spirit as salvation.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10525" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:16">2 Peter 3:16 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is not meant to imply that we cannot understand the Bible, but that there are certain concepts that are difficult to understand. The Bible is the only book whose Author is present every time it is read. The Holy One is the Divine Author of Scripture (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Tim.3.16" href="/passage/?search=2Tim.3.16&version=TPT">2 Tim. 3:16 s </a> ) and is the one who can open our hearts to understand truth. It is when we twist the Scriptures to fit our understanding that we are distorting its truth. Note also that Peter places Paul’s letters in the same category as the “other [inspired] Scriptures.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10527" title="Go to 2 Peter 3:18">2 Peter 3:18 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic does not use the imperative but makes it more of a decree: “You continue to be nourished in grace and in the intimate knowledge of our Lord and Savior, Jesus the Messiah, and of God the Father.” Spiritual growth is yielding to the grace of God and having passion to know Jesus Christ intimately. In time, we grow into his beautiful image.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10528" title="Go to 1 John 1:1">1 John 1:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “We perceived [experienced] him with our eyes.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10528" title="Go to 1 John 1:1">1 John 1:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The apostles gazed upon Jesus both during Christ’s earthly life and in resurrection glory.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10528" title="Go to 1 John 1:1">1 John 1:1 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic text yields an interesting thought. By using the words <i>one</i> and <i>heard</i> in the same context, we’re taken back to the ancient prayer of the Hebrews known as the Shema: “Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God is one.” John is stating that he has heard the One that Israel was commanded to listen to, and that One is Jesus Christ. See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.6.4" href="/passage/?search=Deut.6.4&version=TPT">6:4 c </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10528" title="Go to 1 John 1:1">1 John 1:1 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The word for touch is poetic. It comes from a sensory verb meaning “to pluck the strings of an instrument.” It can also be translated “to feel” (see <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.17.27" href="/passage/?search=Acts.17.27&version=TPT">Acts 17:27 d </a> ). It is as though John is saying, “We have plucked the chords of his being and felt what motivated him, his melody within.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10528" title="Go to 1 John 1:1">1 John 1:1 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Word [<i>Logos</i>] of life.” See the second footnote on <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.1.1" href="/passage/?search=John.1.1&version=TPT">John 1:1 e </a> . This verse in both Greek and Aramaic breaks many rules of grammar and is used as a poetic tool to pack deep revelation in as few words as possible.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10530" title="Go to 1 John 1:3">1 John 1:3 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>koinonia</i> means “to share in partnership; a reality shared in common.” Through Christ, our shared reality is now with the Father. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Pet.1.4" href="/passage/?search=2Pet.1.4&version=TPT">2 Peter 1:4 f </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10530" title="Go to 1 John 1:3">1 John 1:3 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is believed that these first three verses comprised an early hymn sung by the church.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10531" title="Go to 1 John 1:4">1 John 1:4 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “that our joy may be fulfilled.” The first four verses form one Greek sentence, somewhat awkward in its construction, with three parenthetical interruptions in the sequence of the Greek sentence, which would be confusing if left in a literal form. This translation attempts to make one long, complicated Greek sentence into a meaningful translation of what John wrote.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10532" title="Go to 1 John 1:5">1 John 1:5 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word for “life-giving message” (promise) is <i>angelia</i> and is found only twice in the New Testament. It is related semantically to <i>euangelion,</i> which means “to evangelize or preach the [life-giving] gospel.” The Aramaic can be translated “This is the hope that we heard from him and gives you hope because God is light and there is absolutely no darkness in him.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10532" title="Go to 1 John 1:5">1 John 1:5 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “no darkness at all can find any place in him.” Although we do not have these exact words in any of the four Gospels, it is clear that John and the apostles attributed these words to Jesus Christ. Not everything Jesus said or did is recorded in the Gospels. If all of the events given in Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John were condensed, we would only have details recorded of but a few months of Jesus’ entire life of over thirty-three years. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.21.25" href="/passage/?search=John.21.25&version=TPT">John 21:25 j </a> .</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10533" title="Go to 1 John 1:6">1 John 1:6 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “We share in fellowship with him” (Gr. <i>koinonia</i>, “having things in common,” “sharing in what he has and who he is”). This is the first of six conditional “if” clauses that extend through 2:1.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10534" title="Go to 1 John 1:7">1 John 1:7 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “as he [Christ] is in the light.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10534" title="Go to 1 John 1:7">1 John 1:7 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, God and the believer enjoy fellowship on the basis of walking in the light of God. Fellowship is maintained with God as we continue walking in the light he reveals to us. To walk in the light also involves being open, transparent, and honest, acknowledging any darkness the Lord might reveal in us. The blood of Jesus will cleanse us from all known sin, and if we continue to be open to God’s pure light his blood will cleanse us from all unknown sin as well, enabling imperfect believers to walk in fellowship with a holy God. Freedom from sin (which is mentioned seventeen times in 1 John) is equated to walking in the pure light of God—not simply a fleshly struggle but a desire to walk in fellowship with God in his light.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10536" title="Go to 1 John 1:9">1 John 1:9 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Confession of sin is the way to find restoration and unbroken fellowship with God. It cleanses the conscience and removes every obstacle from communion with Christ. Confession does not gain God’s acceptance, for that was won for us forever by the sacrifice of Christ. It is on the basis of being his dearly loved children that we restore intimacy with God through our tenderhearted confession before him. God will always be faithful to restore our first-love passion for him. There is no need to confess the same sins over and over, for that is ignoring the blood of Jesus that cleanses us. All of our sins were paid for on the cross and we can do nothing to remove them, but confession acknowledges God’s faithfulness to restore our intimacy with him. Our Father and our forgiving Redeemer fill the heavens with grace toward every believer, even when we sin.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10536" title="Go to 1 John 1:9">1 John 1:9 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>“Unrighteousness,” in this context, means the sins we’re not aware of. Confession cleanses known sin and restores fellowship with God, but God’s faithfulness, in seeing Christ as our Sin-Bearer, cleanses us from all unknown sin as well. If we do but one thing (confess our sin), God will do four things: (1) demonstrate his faithful love, (2) demonstrate justice by counting our sins paid for by Christ, (3) forgive us every sin, and (4) continue a deeper work of cleansing from all aspects of sin’s defilement.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10537" title="Go to 1 John 1:10">1 John 1:10 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>We can only confess what God has revealed to us in his light. But when he shows that a thought or life pattern is sinful, we must agree with him in order to be restored. We cannot hide or conceal our sin, but confess our failure to him and move forward in faith. This is like a “rebound” for a missed shot.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10538" title="Go to 1 John 2:1">1 John 2:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Advocate.” The Aramaic can be translated “the Redeemer who ends the curse.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.14.16" href="/passage/?search=John.14.16&version=TPT">John 14:16 a </a>  and the second footnote.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10538" title="Go to 1 John 2:1">1 John 2:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>He is still our Father even when we sin.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10539" title="Go to 1 John 2:2">1 John 2:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “satisfaction for our sins.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10539" title="Go to 1 John 2:2">1 John 2:2 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>In these two verses we find three things that Christ is to us: (1) our forgiving Redeemer/Intercessor, (2) the Righteous One who suffered in our place, and (3) the atoning sacrifice for our sins, which cleanses and shelters us.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10540" title="Go to 1 John 2:3">1 John 2:3 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Keeping God’s commands is the proof and evidence of coming to know God, not the means of knowing God.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10544" title="Go to 1 John 2:7">1 John 2:7 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.13.34" href="/passage/?search=John.13.34&version=TPT">John 13:34-35 f </a> .</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10545" title="Go to 1 John 2:8">1 John 2:8 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This commandment to love one another is both old and new. It is found in the Old Testament (Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.19.18" href="/passage/?search=Lev.19.18&version=TPT">19:18 g </a> ), but it is made radically new and fresh by the teaching of Christ and its application through our lives.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10545" title="Go to 1 John 2:8">1 John 2:8 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.1.5" href="/passage/?search=John.1.5&version=TPT">John 1:5 h </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.1.9" href="/passage/?search=John.1.9&version=TPT">9 h </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.8.12" href="/passage/?search=John.8.12&version=TPT">8:12 h </a> . The true light is the revelation of God that shines through Christ. The Aramaic can be translated “The new commandment I write to you became realized in him [Christ] and is in you, destroying the darkness and revealing the light of truth anew.”</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10547" title="Go to 1 John 2:10">1 John 2:10 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “no fear of stumbling haunts him” or “there is no trap laid for him.”</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10548" title="Go to 1 John 2:11">1 John 2:11 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>John is equating darkness with the absence of love. To love is to walk in God’s light. To hate is to walk in darkness.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10549" title="Go to 1 John 2:12">1 John 2:12 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word for “child,” <i>teknion</i>, is a child still in training (under instruction), with an implication of servanthood.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10549" title="Go to 1 John 2:12">1 John 2:12 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, through faith in who Christ is and what he has done to redeem us through the blood of his sacrifice.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10550" title="Go to 1 John 2:13">1 John 2:13 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Fathers and mothers (parents) are not necessarily “old men” and “old women,” but those who reproduce and raise children.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10550" title="Go to 1 John 2:13">1 John 2:13 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, Christ. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.1.1" href="/passage/?search=John.1.1&version=TPT">John 1:1 n </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1John.1.1-1John.1.3" href="/passage/?search=1John.1.1-1John.1.3&version=TPT">1 John 1:1-3 n </a> . Nothing more is said about fathers and mothers other than knowing Christ, for what could be more important than that?</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10550" title="Go to 1 John 2:13">1 John 2:13 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Our enemy, Satan, is defeated through our union with Christ as we share in the triumphs of his cross and resurrection, the word of our testimony, the blood of the Lamb, and by not loving our own lives. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.12.10" href="/passage/?search=Rev.12.10&version=TPT">Rev. 12:10 o </a> .</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10551" title="Go to 1 John 2:14">1 John 2:14 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>John gives young people (in Hebrew culture this would be anyone under forty) the three main components of spiritual growth: (1) courageous faith, (2) loving the Word of God, and (3) defeating the Evil One through our union with Christ.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10552" title="Go to 1 John 2:15">1 John 2:15 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Stop loving the world system” (the ways of the world).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10552" title="Go to 1 John 2:15">1 John 2:15 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “If anyone persists in loving the world, there is no love for the Father in him.”</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10553" title="Go to 1 John 2:16">1 John 2:16 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>These are the three areas of temptation that the serpent used with Adam and Eve in the garden to pull them away from the Father and what the devil used to tempt Jesus in the wilderness. He is an expert at using these cravings to dilute our love for the Father and cause us to turn our affections to the things of this life. See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.3.6" href="/passage/?search=Gen.3.6&version=TPT">3:6 s </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.4.1-Matt.4.11" href="/passage/?search=Matt.4.1-Matt.4.11&version=TPT">Matt. 4:1-11 s </a> . But the values of the kingdom of God are setting our affections on things above, living in the fruit of the Spirit (self-control), and humility, which always waits for God’s timing for promotion.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10554" title="Go to 1 John 2:17">1 John 2:17 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, the world system and the desire to be in a world system that leaves God out of the picture are disappearing. Planet earth is not fading away here, but the systems, structure, and world order are.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10554" title="Go to 1 John 2:17">1 John 2:17 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the Greek present-tense verb, which means “to continually [habitually] do the will of God.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10554" title="Go to 1 John 2:17">1 John 2:17 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There is an interesting word play in the Aramaic in this verse. The Aramaic word for “world” is <i>alma</i>, and the word for “forever” is <i>alam</i>.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10555" title="Go to 1 John 2:18">1 John 2:18 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek verb <i>erchomai</i> can be translated “to come,” “to become known,” “to be established,” “to appear,” “to show oneself,” “to arise.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10555" title="Go to 1 John 2:18">1 John 2:18 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The final hour is John’s description of what Paul describes as the “last days.” The final hour or last days began at Pentecost (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.2.16" href="/passage/?search=Acts.2.16&version=TPT">Acts 2:16-17 x </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.1.2" href="/passage/?search=Heb.1.2&version=TPT">Heb. 1:2 x </a> ). We have been living in the last days for more than two thousand years. In these last days many antichrists will come. They oppose the teachings of Christ, lead people astray, and separate from the true community of Christ followers. There is no one individual named “the antichrist” (or enemy of Christ) in the Bible. (The definite article <i>the</i> is never used in connection to antichrist [or “anti-anointing”].) John tells us that the “spirit of antichrist” has already been in the world (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1John.4.3" href="/passage/?search=1John.4.3&version=TPT">1 John 4:3 x </a> ) and that many antichrists (false teachers who oppose the truth of Christ and have a following) have already come. John’s warning is that we must set our hearts firmly on the truths of Jesus Christ and his Word as protection from the multiple lies that will increasingly try to deceive believers. The words <i>antichrist</i> and <i>antichrists</i> are not found in the book of Revelation but only in 1 and 2 John.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10556" title="Go to 1 John 2:19">1 John 2:19 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “they would have clung to us” or “remained tied to us.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10556" title="Go to 1 John 2:19">1 John 2:19 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “all of them do not belong to us.” Apparently they were not thrown out of the church or excommunicated but left of their own accord. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1John.4.5" href="/passage/?search=1John.4.5&version=TPT">1 John 4:5 z </a> .</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10557" title="Go to 1 John 2:20">1 John 2:20 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “you [have the capacity to] know all things.”</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10558" title="Go to 1 John 2:21">1 John 2:21 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jesus is the new reality and the truth. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.14.6" href="/passage/?search=John.14.6&version=TPT">John 14:6 b </a> .</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10559" title="Go to 1 John 2:22">1 John 2:22 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>We have here the definition of “antichrist.” It is anyone who denies the Son (or denies that Jesus is the anointed Messiah). To deny Christ is to reject the Father, who gave him to us to reveal who the Father truly is. The Father and the Son are one; you cannot receive one and reject the other.</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10560" title="Go to 1 John 2:23">1 John 2:23 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “confesses.”</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10561" title="Go to 1 John 2:24">1 John 2:24 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “residing in you.”</span>


bookid: 1John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10564" title="Go to 1 John 2:27">1 John 2:27 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although absent in the Greek, the words “from God” are found in the Aramaic manuscripts. It is clear from the context that the “anointing” is the Holy Spirit poured into us, bringing life, illumination, wisdom, fruit, and power from the indwelling life of Christ.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10564" title="Go to 1 John 2:27">1 John 2:27 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “There is no need for anyone to keep teaching you his opinions [deceptions].” John is not telling them not to continue to be taught the Word of God, for God has placed teachers in the church to instruct us and equip us and bring us into the fullness of Christ (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.12.28" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.12.28&version=TPT">1 Cor. 12:28 g </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.4.11" href="/passage/?search=Eph.4.11&version=TPT">Eph. 4:11 g </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.13.7" href="/passage/?search=Heb.13.7&version=TPT">Heb. 13:7 g </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.13.17" href="/passage/?search=Heb.13.17&version=TPT">17 g </a> ). John’s warning concerns those who lead us astray by the false doctrines of men. The bride of Christ will always need Holy Spirit-filled teachers who illuminate us in the ways of Christ.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10564" title="Go to 1 John 2:27">1 John 2:27 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek can be translated “remain in it” (the anointing).</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3003" title="Go to Proverbs 24:5">Proverbs 24:5 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Wisdom makes anyone into a hero.” The Aramaic and the Septuagint read “It’s better to be wise than to be strong.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3005" title="Go to Proverbs 24:7">Proverbs 24:7 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew is actually “Wisdom is coral to a fool.” That is, it is unattainable, deep and hidden.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3008" title="Go to Proverbs 24:10">Proverbs 24:10 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Your strength is limited.” Our weakness often becomes an excuse to quit, but strength and courage come as the result of faithfulness under pressure. Some interpret this to mean “If you fail to help others in their time of need, you will grow too weak to help yourself.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3012" title="Go to Proverbs 24:14">Proverbs 24:14 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint is “Your death will be good.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3013" title="Go to Proverbs 24:15">Proverbs 24:15 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the righteous.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3014" title="Go to Proverbs 24:16">Proverbs 24:16 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the text as it completes the parallelism.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3017" title="Go to Proverbs 24:19">Proverbs 24:19 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint is “Don’t rejoice with those who do evil or be jealous of them.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3018" title="Go to Proverbs 24:20">Proverbs 24:20 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Not only will they die out, but the implication is they will have no posterity.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3020" title="Go to Proverbs 24:22">Proverbs 24:22 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Verses 21 and 22 are translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3024" title="Go to Proverbs 24:26">Proverbs 24:26 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew is literally “An honest answer is like a kiss on the lips.” In the culture of the day, kissing was a sign of authentic friendship and a mark of relationship, which was often expressed in public among friends.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3025" title="Go to Proverbs 24:27">Proverbs 24:27 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3032" title="Go to Proverbs 25:2">Proverbs 25:2 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Many translate this “a matter,” whereas the Hebrew is <i>dabar</i>, which is translated more than eight hundred times in the Old Testament as “word.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3032" title="Go to Proverbs 25:2">Proverbs 25:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There is beautiful poetry in the Hebrew text. The word for “hide” is <i>cathar</i> and the word for “word” is <i>dabar</i>. The Hebrew is actually “<i>Kabod</i> (glory) <i>cathar</i> (hidden) <i>dabar</i> (word).”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3032" title="Go to Proverbs 25:2">Proverbs 25:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>We have been made kings and priests, royal lovers of God, because of God’s grace and Christ’s redeeming blood. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.2.9" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.2.9&version=TPT">1 Peter 2:9 c </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.5.8" href="/passage/?search=Rev.5.8&version=TPT">Rev. 5:8-10 c </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3041" title="Go to Proverbs 25:11">Proverbs 25:11 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic reads “The one who speaks the word is an apple of gold in a setting of silver.” The Septuagint is “A wise word is like a golden apple in a pendant of rubies.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3041" title="Go to Proverbs 25:11">Proverbs 25:11 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Each one of God’s promises are like apples gilded in gold. When we are full of his Spirit we can speak and prophesy words of encouragement that are spoken at the right time for the blessing of others.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3042" title="Go to Proverbs 25:12">Proverbs 25:12 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “an earring of gold, an ornament of fine gold.” An earring pierces the ear and is an emblem of a listening heart.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3043" title="Go to Proverbs 25:13">Proverbs 25:13 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “employer.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3044" title="Go to Proverbs 25:14">Proverbs 25:14 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The symbols of clouds, wind, and rain are significant. Clouds are often a metaphor for the people of God filled with glory (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.12.1" href="/passage/?search=Heb.12.1&version=TPT">Heb. 12:1 h </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.1.7" href="/passage/?search=Rev.1.7&version=TPT">Rev. 1:7 h </a> ). Wind is an emblem of the Holy Spirit bringing new life (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.3.6" href="/passage/?search=John.3.6&version=TPT">John 3:6-8 h </a> ). Rain often points to teaching the revelation-truths that refresh and water the seeds of spiritual growth (Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.55.8" href="/passage/?search=Isa.55.8&version=TPT">55:8-11 h </a> ). God’s anointed people are to be clouds carried by the wind of the Holy Spirit that bring refreshing truths to his people. When we are empty and false, we are clouds without rain. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Pet.2.17" href="/passage/?search=2Pet.2.17&version=TPT">2 Peter 2:17 h </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jude.1.12" href="/passage/?search=Jude.1.12&version=TPT">Jude 1:12 h </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3044" title="Go to Proverbs 25:14">Proverbs 25:14 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “boast of a promised gift you never intend to give.” The Hebrew is literally “to make yourself shine in a gift of falsehood.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3045" title="Go to Proverbs 25:15">Proverbs 25:15 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Soft words break bones.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3051" title="Go to Proverbs 25:21">Proverbs 25:21 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Is he thirsty? Give him a drink.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3052" title="Go to Proverbs 25:22">Proverbs 25:22 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “You will heap coals of fire on his head.” His heart will be moved and his shame exposed.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3053" title="Go to Proverbs 25:23">Proverbs 25:23 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “words of gossip.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3054" title="Go to Proverbs 25:24">Proverbs 25:24 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>With the exception of one Hebrew letter, this verse is identical to 21:9. See footnote. The Aramaic reads “than to live with a contentious woman in a house of divisions.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3057" title="Go to Proverbs 25:27">Proverbs 25:27 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This line is translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3059" title="Go to Proverbs 26:1">Proverbs 26:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Both snow and rain are good in their proper season but harmful in the wrong season. So is it harmful to the fool if you affirm him and honor him prematurely.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3060" title="Go to Proverbs 26:2">Proverbs 26:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There is an implication in some Hebrew manuscripts that the curse will go back and land on the one who wrongly spoke it, like a bird going back to its nest.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3063" title="Go to Proverbs 26:5">Proverbs 26:5 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3065" title="Go to Proverbs 26:7">Proverbs 26:7 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3067" title="Go to Proverbs 26:9">Proverbs 26:9 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3068" title="Go to Proverbs 26:10">Proverbs 26:10 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the context. This is a difficult verse to translate and it reads quite differently in the Aramaic and the Septuagint. The Aramaic is “A fool suffers much like a drunkard crossing the sea.” The Septuagint reads “Every fool endures much hardship and his fury comes to nothing.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3074" title="Go to Proverbs 26:16">Proverbs 26:16 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “sluggard.” This speaks of a person who lives in fantasy and not reality.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3075" title="Go to Proverbs 26:17">Proverbs 26:17 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “to become furious because of a quarrel that’s not yours.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3079" title="Go to Proverbs 26:22">Proverbs 26:22 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “complaining.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3080" title="Go to Proverbs 26:23">Proverbs 26:23 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. The Hebrew is “burning words.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3082" title="Go to Proverbs 26:25">Proverbs 26:25 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew is “Seven abominations hide in his heart.” This is a figure of speech for the fullness of evil, a heart filled to the brim with darkness.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3085" title="Go to Proverbs 26:28">Proverbs 26:28 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “A slanderer hates his victims.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3085" title="Go to Proverbs 26:28">Proverbs 26:28 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the text. The Aramaic is “Malicious words work trouble.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3091" title="Go to Proverbs 27:6">Proverbs 27:6 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Wounds by a loved one are long lasting [effective and faithful].”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3091" title="Go to Proverbs 27:6">Proverbs 27:6 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “kisses.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3092" title="Go to Proverbs 27:7">Proverbs 27:7 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>When we are full of many things and many opinions, the sweet word of God, like revelation honey, is spurned. Instead, we eat and fill our souls with things that can never satisfy.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3093" title="Go to Proverbs 27:8">Proverbs 27:8 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “banished from his place.” As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3094" title="Go to Proverbs 27:9">Proverbs 27:9 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “counsel.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3094" title="Go to Proverbs 27:9">Proverbs 27:9 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew text refers to the sacred anointing oil and the incense that burns in the Holy Place.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3095" title="Go to Proverbs 27:10">Proverbs 27:10 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3096" title="Go to Proverbs 27:11">Proverbs 27:11 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “that I may answer those who reproach me.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3099" title="Go to Proverbs 27:14">Proverbs 27:14 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “He who sings in a loud voice early in the morning, thinking he’s blessing his neighbor, is no different from he who pronounces a curse.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3100" title="Go to Proverbs 27:15">Proverbs 27:15 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a constant drip on a rainy day.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3102" title="Go to Proverbs 27:17">Proverbs 27:17 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a man’s face.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3104" title="Go to Proverbs 27:19">Proverbs 27:19 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3106" title="Go to Proverbs 27:21">Proverbs 27:21 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “by the things he praises.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3107" title="Go to Proverbs 27:22">Proverbs 27:22 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “If you pound a fool in a mortar like dried grain with a pestle, still his foolishness will not depart from him.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3109" title="Go to Proverbs 27:24">Proverbs 27:24 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew says merely “riches,” while the Aramaic adds “power [dominion]” and the Septuagint adds “strength.” The translator has chosen to combine them.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3109" title="Go to Proverbs 27:24">Proverbs 27:24 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a crown [dominion].”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3110" title="Go to Proverbs 27:25">Proverbs 27:25 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>An agricultural analogy is used in the Hebrew and Aramaic. The analogy of a farming enterprise has been changed to business here in order to transfer meaning. It is literally “Gather the hay of the field and hills, and new grass will appear. Lambs will provide clothing, goats will pay for the price of the field, and there will be enough goat’s milk for you, your family, and your servant girls.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3111" title="Go to Proverbs 28:1">Proverbs 28:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “confidence.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3112" title="Go to Proverbs 28:2">Proverbs 28:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “A rebellious nation will have one leader after another.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3113" title="Go to Proverbs 28:3">Proverbs 28:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This pauper can also be one who is spiritually poor. Some Jewish expositors believe it refers to corrupt judges.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3114" title="Go to Proverbs 28:4">Proverbs 28:4 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word is “the Torah.” See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.28.7" href="/passage/?search=Prov.28.7&version=TPT">vv. 7 d </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.28.9" href="/passage/?search=Prov.28.9&version=TPT">9 d </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3114" title="Go to Proverbs 28:4">Proverbs 28:4 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Septuagint is “build a wall to protect themselves.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3117" title="Go to Proverbs 28:7">Proverbs 28:7 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the Torah.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3119" title="Go to Proverbs 28:9">Proverbs 28:9 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the Torah.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3122" title="Go to Proverbs 28:12">Proverbs 28:12 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3122" title="Go to Proverbs 28:12">Proverbs 28:12 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “People become victims.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3125" title="Go to Proverbs 28:15">Proverbs 28:15 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>David, before he killed Goliath, went after the lion and the bear. See 1 Sam. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Sam.17.34" href="/passage/?search=1Sam.17.34&version=TPT">17:34-37 j </a> . These beasts represented demonic forces of evil over the land. Daniel also mentions the world’s ruthless leaders as lions and bears. See Dan. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.7.1" href="/passage/?search=Dan.7.1&version=TPT">7:1-8 j </a> </span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3126" title="Go to Proverbs 28:16">Proverbs 28:16 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “injustice.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3126" title="Go to Proverbs 28:16">Proverbs 28:16 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “enjoy a long reign.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3129" title="Go to Proverbs 28:19">Proverbs 28:19 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “an empty dream.” The Septuagint is “the one who pursues leisure.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3131" title="Go to Proverbs 28:21">Proverbs 28:21 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3132" title="Go to Proverbs 28:22">Proverbs 28:22 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Both the Aramaic and Hebrew have “the man with an evil eye.” This is a figure of speech for a stingy or greedy man. A person who shuts his heart to the poor is said to have an evil eye. A person with a good eye is someone who looks on the poor with generosity.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3132" title="Go to Proverbs 28:22">Proverbs 28:22 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Aramaic text sounds very similar to what Jesus says about gaining the world but losing our souls. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.8.36" href="/passage/?search=Mark.8.36&version=TPT">Mark 8:36 p </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3134" title="Go to Proverbs 28:24">Proverbs 28:24 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. The Hebrew is “the one who steals from his own parents.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3135" title="Go to Proverbs 28:25">Proverbs 28:25 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. The Hebrew is “The greedy person stirs up trouble, but the one who trusts in the Lord will prosper.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3136" title="Go to Proverbs 28:26">Proverbs 28:26 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “those who trust their instincts.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3137" title="Go to Proverbs 28:27">Proverbs 28:27 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “he who hides his eyes from the poor.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3141" title="Go to Proverbs 29:3">Proverbs 29:3 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.15.11" href="/passage/?search=Luke.15.11&version=TPT">Luke 15:11-24 a </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3142" title="Go to Proverbs 29:4">Proverbs 29:4 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Tim.6.10" href="/passage/?search=1Tim.6.10&version=TPT">1 Tim. 6:10 b </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3145" title="Go to Proverbs 29:7">Proverbs 29:7 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew text implies standing up for the legal rights of the poor.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3147" title="Go to Proverbs 29:9">Proverbs 29:9 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew implies an argument in a court of law.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3148" title="Go to Proverbs 29:10">Proverbs 29:10 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3151" title="Go to Proverbs 29:13">Proverbs 29:13 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>A figure of speech in Hebrew that can literally be translated “God gave them both the gift of eyesight.” The Septuagint is “The contracts between lenders and debtors is observed by the Lord.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3153" title="Go to Proverbs 29:15">Proverbs 29:15 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. The Hebrew is “your mother.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3156" title="Go to Proverbs 29:18">Proverbs 29:18 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word used here can refer to “vision of the night,” “dream,” “oracle,” or “revelation.” The Septuagint reads “where there is no prophetic seer [or interpreter].”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3156" title="Go to Proverbs 29:18">Proverbs 29:18 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “let loose, stripped, or made naked.” The Septuagint reads “The people become lawless.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3159" title="Go to Proverbs 29:21">Proverbs 29:21 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “If you pamper your servant when he is young, he’ll become a weakling in the end.” The Septuagint reads “If you live in luxury as a child, you’ll become a domestic [servant] and at last will be grieved with yourself.” The Aramaic states, “You’ll be uprooted in the end.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3160" title="Go to Proverbs 29:22">Proverbs 29:22 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word translated as “a furious man” can also mean “lord of fury” or “Baal of wrath.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3161" title="Go to Proverbs 29:23">Proverbs 29:23 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “to depression.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3162" title="Go to Proverbs 29:24">Proverbs 29:24 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “when under oath to testify but you do not talk.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3166" title="Go to Proverbs 30:1">Proverbs 30:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This section of Proverbs is attributed to Agur, who gave these oracles to his protégés Ithiel and Ukal. Agur means “to gather a harvest.” He was the son of Jakeh, which means “blameless” or “obedient.” Jakeh could be another name for David, Solomon’s father. Many Jewish expositors believe that Agur was a pseudonym for Solomon. Nothing more is mentioned about Agur in the Bible than what we have here, which is typical for other prophets mentioned in the Scriptures. Some believe he could be the “master of the collection of sayings” referred to in Eccl. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eccl.12.11" href="/passage/?search=Eccl.12.11&version=TPT">12:11 a </a> . Agur (taken from Agar) means “collector.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3166" title="Go to Proverbs 30:1">Proverbs 30:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “mighty prophecy.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3166" title="Go to Proverbs 30:1">Proverbs 30:1 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The name Ithiel can mean “God is with me” or “God has arrived.” This was fulfilled by Christ, for his birth was the advent, the arrival of God to the earth in human form. Ukal means “I am able” or “I am strong and mighty.” When placed together, the meaning of these Hebrew names could read “Gather a harvest of sons who are blameless and obedient. They will have God with them, and they will be strong and mighty.” This chapter contains some of the most mystical and mysterious sayings found in Proverbs, with hints of revelation from the book of Job.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3167" title="Go to Proverbs 30:2">Proverbs 30:2 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the text, which is extraordinarily difficult to translate with certainty.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3169" title="Go to Proverbs 30:4">Proverbs 30:4 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jesus solves this riddle in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.3.13" href="/passage/?search=John.3.13&version=TPT">John 3:13 e </a> . Only Jesus Christ is the master of heavenly knowledge and wisdom. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.4.7" href="/passage/?search=Eph.4.7&version=TPT">Eph. 4:7-10 e </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3169" title="Go to Proverbs 30:4">Proverbs 30:4 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word <i>ruach</i> (wind) is also the term used for the Holy Spirit.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3177" title="Go to Proverbs 30:12">Proverbs 30:12 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Judg. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Judg.21.25" href="/passage/?search=Judg.21.25&version=TPT">21:25 g </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3177" title="Go to Proverbs 30:12">Proverbs 30:12 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew uses the word <i>excrement</i>.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3182" title="Go to Proverbs 30:17">Proverbs 30:17 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3182" title="Go to Proverbs 30:17">Proverbs 30:17 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is a figure of speech for demonic powers that will remove their vision. Ravens and vultures are unclean birds associated with demonic powers in Hebrew poetry.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3183" title="Go to Proverbs 30:18">Proverbs 30:18 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew uses a poetic style of saying there are three mysteries, then saying there are four in order to emphasize their great importance. There could be within this poetic device a pointing to the fourth as the key, or the most important.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3183" title="Go to Proverbs 30:18">Proverbs 30:18 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Notice that each of these four examples have to do with movement and mystery.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3184" title="Go to Proverbs 30:19">Proverbs 30:19 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is a picture of the overcoming life that soars above our problems and limitations with the wings of an eagle. It could also be a hint of the prophetic revelation that comes to God’s servants mysteriously and supernaturally. See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.40.31" href="/passage/?search=Isa.40.31&version=TPT">40:31 m </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.2.9" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.2.9&version=TPT">1 Cor. 2:9-13 m </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3184" title="Go to Proverbs 30:19">Proverbs 30:19 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The serpent becomes a picture of our sin that was placed on the Rock, Jesus Christ. See Num. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Num.21.6" href="/passage/?search=Num.21.6&version=TPT">21:6-9 n </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.3.14" href="/passage/?search=John.3.14&version=TPT">John 3:14-15 n </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.5.21" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.5.21&version=TPT">2 Cor. 5:21 n </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3184" title="Go to Proverbs 30:19">Proverbs 30:19 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is a picture of the way our lives, like a ship, sail on the high seas of mystery until we reach our destiny. Our lives contain mysteries, such as where God decided that we were to be born, how we were raised, and the companions who join us until we reach our desired haven. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.107.23" href="/passage/?search=Ps.107.23&version=TPT">Ps. 107:23-30 o </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3184" title="Go to Proverbs 30:19">Proverbs 30:19 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word translated “bride” can also mean “virgin,” pointing to a wedding, thus implying the use of “bridegroom” instead of “man.” (Consider Ruth and Boaz.) More important, this is a beautiful metaphor for the mystery of the love of our heavenly Bridegroom (Jesus), who romances his bride and sweeps us off our feet. Love is a mystery. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.11.2" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.11.2&version=TPT">2 Cor. 11:2 p </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.5.32" href="/passage/?search=Eph.5.32&version=TPT">Eph. 5:32 p </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3185" title="Go to Proverbs 30:20">Proverbs 30:20 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The adulterous woman of Proverbs is a metaphor for the corrupt religious system. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.17-Rev.18" href="/passage/?search=Rev.17-Rev.18&version=TPT">Rev. 17–18 q </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3186" title="Go to Proverbs 30:21">Proverbs 30:21 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See footnote for 30:18. These four events each depict a promotion undeserved, a displacing of one who is virtuous with one who is corrupt. Each promotion indicates that they will carry their corruption with them. The unfaithful servant will likely become a tyrant. The fool who becomes wealthy will squander his wealth. The unfaithful woman (or “hated woman”) will continue her immorality even after she’s married. The girlfriend who replaced the faithful wife will likely find another man one day.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3189" title="Go to Proverbs 30:24">Proverbs 30:24 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “They are the epitome of wisdom.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3190" title="Go to Proverbs 30:25">Proverbs 30:25 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>To prepare for the future is a mark of true wisdom.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3191" title="Go to Proverbs 30:26">Proverbs 30:26 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This becomes a picture of the believer. Though feeling weakness at times, we can make our home in the high place, inside the cleft of the Rock. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.14.1-John.14.3" href="/passage/?search=John.14.1-John.14.3&version=TPT">John 14:1-3 u </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3192" title="Go to Proverbs 30:27">Proverbs 30:27 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The locust army points us to Joel 1 and 2. There is an awakening army coming to devour the works of the Enemy. Their King, though invisible, guides them from on high as one army.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3193" title="Go to Proverbs 30:28">Proverbs 30:28 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “spider.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3193" title="Go to Proverbs 30:28">Proverbs 30:28 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Though we may see ourselves as insignificant (like the small lizard), God can place us in significant places where we can be used for him.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3194" title="Go to Proverbs 30:29">Proverbs 30:29 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See footnote on 30:18.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3196" title="Go to Proverbs 30:31">Proverbs 30:31 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3196" title="Go to Proverbs 30:31">Proverbs 30:31 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a king surrounded by his band of soldiers.” The Hebrew text is abstruse.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3198" title="Go to Proverbs 30:33">Proverbs 30:33 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Churning milk makes butter, and punching the nose brings blood, so stirring up anger produces quarrels.” The Hebrew contains a word play with the word <i>anger</i>, which is almost identical to the word for “nose.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3199" title="Go to Proverbs 31:1">Proverbs 31:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jewish legend is that King Lemuel was a pseudonym for Solomon, which would make his mother mentioned here to be Bathsheba. There is no other mention of Lemuel in the Scriptures. The Hebrew word translated “inspired words” is <i>massa</i>, which some have surmised was a place, meaning “Lemuel, King of Massa.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3199" title="Go to Proverbs 31:1">Proverbs 31:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint is “These are words spoken by God, and through a king came an answer divine.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3201" title="Go to Proverbs 31:3">Proverbs 31:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3206" title="Go to Proverbs 31:9">Proverbs 31:9 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jas.1.27" href="/passage/?search=Jas.1.27&version=TPT">James 1:27 d </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3207" title="Go to Proverbs 31:10">Proverbs 31:10 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Starting with verse 10 through the end of the book, we have a Hebrew acrostic poem. It is alphabetical in structure, with each of the twenty-two verses beginning with a consecutive Hebrew letter of the alphabet. The implication is that the perfections of this woman would exhaust the entire language. The subject is the perfect bride, the virtuous woman. This woman is both a picture of a virtuous wife and an incredible allegory of the end-time victorious bride of Jesus Christ, full of virtue and grace.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3207" title="Go to Proverbs 31:10">Proverbs 31:10 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word used to describe this virtuous wife is <i>khayil</i>. The meaning of this word cannot be contained by one English equivalent word. It is often used in connection with military prowess. This is a warring wife. <i>Khayil</i> can be translated “mighty; wealthy; excellent; morally righteous; full of substance, integrity, abilities, and strength; mighty like an army.” The wife is a metaphor for the last-days church, the virtuous, overcoming bride of Jesus Christ. The word <i>khayil</i> is most often used to describe valiant men. See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.18.21" href="/passage/?search=Exod.18.21&version=TPT">18:21 f </a> , where it is used for the mighty ones Moses was to commission as elders and leaders among the people. Because many of the cultural terms and metaphors used in this passage are not understood or even used in today’s English-speaking world, the translator has chosen to make them explicit.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3207" title="Go to Proverbs 31:10">Proverbs 31:10 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “her worth.” The price paid for her was the sacred blood of the Lamb of God, her Bridegroom.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3208" title="Go to Proverbs 31:11">Proverbs 31:11 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “has great confidence in her.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3209" title="Go to Proverbs 31:12">Proverbs 31:12 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The virtuous bride will not bring disgrace to his name. Jesus will not be ashamed to display her to the world.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3210" title="Go to Proverbs 31:13">Proverbs 31:13 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “wool and linen [flax].” Wool is a metaphor often used as a symbol of what is pure. See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.1.18" href="/passage/?search=Isa.1.18&version=TPT">1:18 j </a> ; Dan. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.7.9" href="/passage/?search=Dan.7.9&version=TPT">7:9 j </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.1.14" href="/passage/?search=Rev.1.14&version=TPT">Rev. 1:14 j </a> . Linen was made from flax and always speaks of righteousness. The priests of the Old Testament wore linen garments as they went before God’s presence to offer sacrifices. The curtains of the tabernacle were likewise made of linen, signifying God’s righteousness. See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.28.39" href="/passage/?search=Exod.28.39&version=TPT">28:39-43 j </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.19.8" href="/passage/?search=Rev.19.8&version=TPT">Rev. 19:8 j </a> . The virtuous bride of Christ in the last days will be seeking for only what is pure and righteous in the eyes of her Bridegroom.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3210" title="Go to Proverbs 31:13">Proverbs 31:13 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “eagerly works with her hands.” The hands, with their five fingers, speak of the five ministries of the present work of Christ on the earth: apostles, prophets, evangelists, pastors, and teachers. These are often referred to as the five-fold ministries. Her delight is to equip others and help those in need.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3211" title="Go to Proverbs 31:14">Proverbs 31:14 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “bread.” This is a consistent emblem of spiritual food.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3211" title="Go to Proverbs 31:14">Proverbs 31:14 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “supplies from far away.” The implication is from another realm. She is bringing heavenly manna for those she feeds.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3211" title="Go to Proverbs 31:14">Proverbs 31:14 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “like merchant ships bringing goods.” Like a ship loaded with cargo, the bride of Christ brings heavenly treasures to others. The use of the term <i>merchant</i> points to Jesus Christ. He is described as a merchant in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.13.45" href="/passage/?search=Matt.13.45&version=TPT">Matt. 13:45 n </a>  in the parable of the costly pearl. The “pearl” is the church or the believer, which cost all that Jesus had (his blood) to purchase us.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3212" title="Go to Proverbs 31:15">Proverbs 31:15 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>She is interceding in the night, laboring in a night season to help others.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3212" title="Go to Proverbs 31:15">Proverbs 31:15 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word translated “arise” can also mean “to rise up in power.” We are told to “arise and shine, for our light has come.” See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.60.1" href="/passage/?search=Isa.60.1&version=TPT">60:1 p </a> , which uses the same Hebrew word for “arise.” The bride of Christ will arise with anointing to feed and bless the people of God.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3212" title="Go to Proverbs 31:15">Proverbs 31:15 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “female servants.” The servants are a metaphor for other churches and ministries.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3213" title="Go to Proverbs 31:16">Proverbs 31:16 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a land, a country.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3213" title="Go to Proverbs 31:16">Proverbs 31:16 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “By the fruit of her hands she plants a vineyard.” (The Septuagint is “possession.”) For the hands, see 31:13 footnote. This vineyard becomes a metaphor for the local church. We are the branches of the vine (Christ). See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.15" href="/passage/?search=John.15&version=TPT">John 15 s </a> . She is passionate about bringing forth fruit. She becomes a missionary to the nations, planting churches and bringing new life.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3214" title="Go to Proverbs 31:17">Proverbs 31:17 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “She girds her loins with strength and makes her shoulders strong.” This is a figure of speech for being anointed with power to do the works of Jesus. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.14.12" href="/passage/?search=John.14.12&version=TPT">John 14:12 t </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3215" title="Go to Proverbs 31:18">Proverbs 31:18 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “good merchandise.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3215" title="Go to Proverbs 31:18">Proverbs 31:18 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Her prayer life (lamp) overcomes her circumstances, even in a culture where darkness prevails.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3216" title="Go to Proverbs 31:19">Proverbs 31:19 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. The Hebrew uses a term for “distaff” (a weaver’s staff), which is taken from a root word for “prosperity.” The poetic nuance of this phrase is that she uses her prosperity to bless the needy.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3216" title="Go to Proverbs 31:19">Proverbs 31:19 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Her hands grasp the spindle.” The word translated as “spindle” can also mean “governmental circuits” or “wheels.” There is a hint here of the wheels mentioned in Ezek. 1. The throne of God’s government sits on flaming wheels. See Dan. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.7.9" href="/passage/?search=Dan.7.9&version=TPT">7:9 x </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3217" title="Go to Proverbs 31:20">Proverbs 31:20 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Notice the mention of her hands. See footnote on 31:13.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3218" title="Go to Proverbs 31:21">Proverbs 31:21 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “snow.” This is a figure of speech for the fear of a cold winter season.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3218" title="Go to Proverbs 31:21">Proverbs 31:21 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. The Hebrew is “Everyone is covered in scarlet [blood].” Grace has brought righteousness to those in her house (under her ministry).</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3219" title="Go to Proverbs 31:22">Proverbs 31:22 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This garment speaks of the ministries of the body of Christ, woven and knit together by the Holy Spirit. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.4.15" href="/passage/?search=Eph.4.15&version=TPT">Eph. 4:15-16 b </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Col.2.2" href="/passage/?search=Col.2.2&version=TPT">Col. 2:2 b </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3220" title="Go to Proverbs 31:23">Proverbs 31:23 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “sitting at the city gates among the elders of the land.” Judgment was rendered at the gates of a city in that day. It was their courtroom. Our heavenly King is also the judge. So famous, so glorious, yet he is our Bridegroom.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3221" title="Go to Proverbs 31:24">Proverbs 31:24 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “linen.” See footnote for 31:13 regarding linen as a symbol for righteousness.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3221" title="Go to Proverbs 31:24">Proverbs 31:24 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “sells them.” The root word for “sell” can also mean “surrender.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3221" title="Go to Proverbs 31:24">Proverbs 31:24 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “aprons or belts for the Canaanites.” The Canaanites were the traditional enemies of the Hebrews.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3222" title="Go to Proverbs 31:25">Proverbs 31:25 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “beauty, honor, and excellence.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3222" title="Go to Proverbs 31:25">Proverbs 31:25 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The virtuous and victorious bride has no fear for the days to come. She contemplates eternity and her forever union with the Bridegroom.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3223" title="Go to Proverbs 31:26">Proverbs 31:26 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint is “She opens her mouth carefully and lawfully.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3224" title="Go to Proverbs 31:27">Proverbs 31:27 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “She is a watchman over her house [family].”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3225" title="Go to Proverbs 31:28">Proverbs 31:28 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word translated “arise” can also mean “to rise up with power.” The Septuagint is “She raises her children so they will grow rich.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3225" title="Go to Proverbs 31:28">Proverbs 31:28 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Hooray, hooray for our mother!”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3225" title="Go to Proverbs 31:28">Proverbs 31:28 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>For more of how the heavenly Bridegroom loves his bride, read the Song of Songs.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3226" title="Go to Proverbs 31:29">Proverbs 31:29 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Many daughters have obtained wealth because of her.” These valiant and noble ones (daughters) represent the church of previous generations who remained faithful in their pursuit of Jesus. But this final generation will be the bridal company of the lovers of God who do mighty exploits and miracles on the earth.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3226" title="Go to Proverbs 31:29">Proverbs 31:29 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “You are first in his eyes.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.6.8" href="/passage/?search=Song.6.8&version=TPT">Song 6:8-9 o </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3228" title="Go to Proverbs 31:31">Proverbs 31:31 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint could be translated “Her husband is praised at the city gates.”</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3229" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:1">Song of Songs 1:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The word for <i>Shulamite</i> and the word for <i>Solomon</i> are taken from the same Hebrew root word; one is masculine, the other feminine. The name Solomon occurs seven times in this book, which points us to the perfect King, Jesus Christ. We are one spirit with our King, united with him. You have become the Shulamite.</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3230" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:2">Song of Songs 1:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>To enter the doorway of Jesus’ heart we must begin by saying, “Let him.” We only bring him a yielded heart and must “let him” do the rest. God’s loving grace means that he will be enough for us. We can “let him” be everything to us. We don’t begin by doing but by yielding.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3230" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:2">Song of Songs 1:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This Spirit kiss is what made Adam, the man of clay, into a living expression of God. Dust and deity met when the Maker kissed his Spirit wind into Adam. The Word of God is the kiss from the mouth of our Beloved, breathing upon us the revelation of his love.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3230" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:2">Song of Songs 1:2 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “your breasts” or “your loves.” This speaks of his saving love, keeping love, forgiving love, and embracing love. The love of Jesus cannot be singular; it is so infinite it must be described in the plural.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3230" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:2">Song of Songs 1:2 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There is a wordplay in the Hebrew, similar to a pun. The word for “kisses” and the word for “take a drink [wine]” is nearly the same. The implication, as seen by ancient expositors, is that God’s lovers will be drunk with love, the intoxicating kisses of his mouth. The Hebrew word for “kiss” is <i>nashaq</i>, which can also mean “to equip” or “to arm (for battle).” We need his kisses to become equipped warriors for him.</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3231" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:3">Song of Songs 1:3 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew contains a wordplay with the words “name” (<i>shem</i>) and “oil” (<i>shemen</i>).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3231" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:3">Song of Songs 1:3 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Because of the order of the consonants, some Jewish sources translate this “The maidens love you unto death.” See Goldin, Song, 116; J. Sason, “On Pope’s Song,” 191.</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3232" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:4">Song of Songs 1:4 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew text literally means “the king’s chamber inside of a chamber.” This points us to the Holy of Holies inside the temple chamber.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3232" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:4">Song of Songs 1:4 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word for “love” (‘<i>ahab</i>) is found seven times in the Song of Songs (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.1.3" href="/passage/?search=Song.1.3&version=TPT">1:3 i </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.1.4" href="/passage/?search=Song.1.4&version=TPT">4 i </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.1.7" href="/passage/?search=Song.1.7&version=TPT">7 i </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.3.1" href="/passage/?search=Song.3.1&version=TPT">3:1 i </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.3.2" href="/passage/?search=Song.3.2&version=TPT">2 i </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.3.3" href="/passage/?search=Song.3.3&version=TPT">3 i </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.3.4" href="/passage/?search=Song.3.4&version=TPT">4 i </a> ). The Hebrew root word for “rejoice” (<i>gyl</i>) is a homonym for “spinning in a circle or dance.” The implication is that we dance for joy when we remember his love.</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3233" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:5">Song of Songs 1:5 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “black.” The Hebrew root word used here for “black” or “dark” means “twilight darkness” or “morning gray.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3233" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:5">Song of Songs 1:5 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Literally “dark as the tent curtains of Kedar.” There is a wordplay in the Hebrew, as the word <i>Kedar</i> means “a dark one” or “a dark place.” This was the name of one of the sons of Ishmael and represents our old Adam life. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.120.5" href="/passage/?search=Ps.120.5&version=TPT">Ps. 120:5 k </a> .</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3234" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:6">Song of Songs 1:6 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Many morning suns have darkened (stared) at me.”</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3235" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:7">Song of Songs 1:7 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>She sees her beloved as a shepherd. This is a metaphor of the role he takes in her eyes. We need not develop a literal storyline of a lover and a shepherd, but a representation of the relationship between you and your Beloved, which cannot be described by one symbol or role.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3235" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:7">Song of Songs 1:7 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew uses the verb <i>‘atah</i>, which means “to wrap [cloak/veil].” The Aramaic and Latin Vulgate use the verb for “to wander.” This translation has included both concepts.</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3236" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:8">Song of Songs 1:8 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “graze your goats by the shepherds’ tents.” This is a metaphor that speaks of her responsibilities and labors.</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3237" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:9">Song of Songs 1:9 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “darling.” The Hebrew word <i>r’yh</i> is found ten times in the Bible and nine of them are in the Song of Songs. The Hebrew wordplay is seen in that “tend the flock” and “darling” are homonyms.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3237" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:9">Song of Songs 1:9 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The finest horses in Solomon’s stables were imported from Egypt. See 2 Chron. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Chr.1.14" href="/passage/?search=2Chr.1.14&version=TPT">1:14-17 q </a> .</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3239" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:11">Song of Songs 1:11 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the Trinity (“we”), which will be involved in making every Shulamite holy and radiant.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3239" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:11">Song of Songs 1:11 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “with studs of silver.” The concept of silver in the Bible always points to redemption, the price paid to set us free. The cross is a “stud of silver” planted into Calvary’s hill that opened the grace fountain for all world to drink from.</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3240" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:12">Song of Songs 1:12 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This points to our enjoyment of the Lord as we have communion at the Lord’s table.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3240" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:12">Song of Songs 1:12 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “spikenard.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.14.1-Mark.14.11" href="/passage/?search=Mark.14.1-Mark.14.11&version=TPT">Mark 14:1-11 u </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.12.1-John.12.11" href="/passage/?search=John.12.1-John.12.11&version=TPT">John 12:1-11 u </a> .</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3241" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:13">Song of Songs 1:13 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This bundle of tied-up myrrh is an incredible picture of the cross. Myrrh, known as an embalming spice, is always associated with suffering. The suffering love of Jesus will be over her heart for the rest of her days—the revelation of our Beloved tied onto the cross like a bundle of myrrh.</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3242" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:14">Song of Songs 1:14 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “at Engedi.” <i>Engedi</i> means “fountain of the Lamb.” The Hebrew word for “henna” is a homonym that can mean “atonement” or “redeeming grace.”</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3243" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:15">Song of Songs 1:15 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word for “beautiful,” <i>yapah</i>, is used five times to describe the Shulamite, and three times she is called <i>hayyap¯ah</i> <i>bannašîm</i> (the most beautiful of women). Eight times her beauty is extolled. Eight is the number for new creation life.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3243" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:15">Song of Songs 1:15 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew text literally means “Your eyes are doves.” Some see this as a hypocorism, but the dove points us to the Holy Spirit. She is commended for seeing him with spiritual revelation as she perceives the glory of the cross with its “myrrh.”</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3244" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:16">Song of Songs 1:16 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word <i>dôd_î</i>, usually translated “beloved,” is taken from a root word that means “to boil.” The implication is that the beloved causes her heart to boil over with passion.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3244" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:16">Song of Songs 1:16 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “canopied bed” or “luxuriant couch.”</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3245" title="Go to Song of Songs 1:17">Song of Songs 1:17 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “cypress.” Cedars and cypress were the two most common woods used in the construction of Solomon’s temple.</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3246" title="Go to Song of Songs 2:1">Song of Songs 2:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew text says, “a rose of Sharon.” The word <i>Sharon</i> can be translated “his song.” She now sees herself as the one he sings over. The root word for “rose” (Hebrew <i>habab</i>) can mean “overshadowed.”</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3247" title="Go to Song of Songs 2:2">Song of Songs 2:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is a thorn bush, which speaks of the curse of sin. See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.3.18" href="/passage/?search=Gen.3.18&version=TPT">3:18 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.19.5" href="/passage/?search=John.19.5&version=TPT">John 19:5 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gal.3.13" href="/passage/?search=Gal.3.13&version=TPT">Gal. 3:13 b </a> . On the cross, Jesus wore a crown of thorns, for he took away the curse of sin.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3247" title="Go to Song of Songs 2:2">Song of Songs 2:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The emblem of a lily was engraved on the upper part of the pillars of Solomon’s temple. Lilies are symbols of purity in the “temple” of our inner being.</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3248" title="Go to Song of Songs 2:3">Song of Songs 2:3 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “trees of the forest.” Trees in the Bible are often metaphors for humanity.</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3249" title="Go to Song of Songs 2:4">Song of Songs 2:4 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “His (tribal) banner covering me was love.” There are two Hebrew words for banner: <i>nes</i> is the military banner, and the one used here is <i>degel</i>, the tribal banner, one for each of the twelve tribes of Israel. The bride lives under the banner of the tribe of love.</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3250" title="Go to Song of Songs 2:5">Song of Songs 2:5 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “goblet of wine.” King David gave raisin cakes to the entire nations of Israel in celebration of the Ark of Glory, God’s presence, coming into Jerusalem (2 Sam. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Sam.6.19" href="/passage/?search=2Sam.6.19&version=TPT">6:19 f </a> ). Additionally, the Hebrew word for “with raisin cakes,” <i>ba’ashishot</i>, is a homonym that can also mean “fires.” The fires of passion and love are overwhelming.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3250" title="Go to Song of Songs 2:5">Song of Songs 2:5 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “apricots.” These are the sweet promises of grace that sustain us.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3250" title="Go to Song of Songs 2:5">Song of Songs 2:5 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “wounded by love.”</span>


bookid: Song
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3251" title="Go to Song of Songs 2:6">Song of Songs 2:6 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word for “left” is <i>smowl</i>, which can also mean “dark.” The left hand of the Lord speaks of the mysteries of his ways—the unseen activities of grace, which are so little understood.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-3251" title="Go to Song of Songs 2:6">Song of Songs 2:6 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>For more on the right hand and left hand, see <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.3.16" href="/passage/?search=Prov.3.16&version=TPT">Prov. 3:16 j </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4795" title="Go to Mark 10:24">Mark 10:24 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some reliable Greek manuscripts leave out the words “who trust in their riches.” However, the majority of the Greek manuscripts and the Aramaic include it. The difficulty Jesus speaks of is not because it is evil to be rich, but because the wealthy are quick to put their confidence in riches and not in God. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Tim.6.9" href="/passage/?search=1Tim.6.9&version=TPT">1 Tim. 6:9 p </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Tim.6.17" href="/passage/?search=1Tim.6.17&version=TPT">17 p </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4796" title="Go to Mark 10:25">Mark 10:25 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “to stuff a camel through the eye of a needle.” The Aramaic word for “rope” and for “camel” is the homonym <i>gamla</i>. This could be an instance of the Aramaic text being misread by the Greek translators as “camel” instead of “rope.” Regardless, this becomes a metaphor for something impossible. It would be like saying, “It’s as hard as making pigs fly!”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4796" title="Go to Mark 10:25">Mark 10:25 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>To enter into God’s kingdom realm means more than salvation. It implies a participation in its principles and an experience of its power to change our hearts. The principles of God’s kingdom are not the principles of the world. Greed is conquered by generosity. Promotion is given to the humble. The power of God’s kingdom is found in the Holy Spirit. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.14.17" href="/passage/?search=Rom.14.17&version=TPT">Rom. 14:17 r </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4798" title="Go to Mark 10:27">Mark 10:27 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.18.14" href="/passage/?search=Gen.18.14&version=TPT">18:14 s </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.1.37" href="/passage/?search=Luke.1.37&version=TPT">Luke 1:37 s </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4806" title="Go to Mark 10:35">Mark 10:35 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>A better question that followers of Jesus should ask is, “What can we do to bring you glory? Anything you ask of us we will do for you if you will help us.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4809" title="Go to Mark 10:38">Mark 10:38 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The cup is mentioned many times in the Old Testament as a metaphor of a cup of suffering. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.75.8" href="/passage/?search=Ps.75.8&version=TPT">Ps. 75:8 u </a> ; Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.51.17" href="/passage/?search=Isa.51.17&version=TPT">51:17-22 u </a> ; Jer. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jer.25.15" href="/passage/?search=Jer.25.15&version=TPT">25:15 u </a> ; Ezek. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ezek.23.31" href="/passage/?search=Ezek.23.31&version=TPT">23:31-34 u </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4809" title="Go to Mark 10:38">Mark 10:38 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Baptism is a metaphor for immersion into death. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.6.3" href="/passage/?search=Rom.6.3&version=TPT">Rom. 6:3-7 v </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.10.2" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.10.2&version=TPT">1 Cor. 10:2 v </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Col.2.11" href="/passage/?search=Col.2.11&version=TPT">Col. 2:11-13 v </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4810" title="Go to Mark 10:39">Mark 10:39 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>How naive was this for them to say! So many times we exaggerate our spirituality and believe we are more mature than we actually are. Yet in spite of their ambition and self-confidence, Jesus affirms that they will indeed taste of the sufferings of Christ.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4811" title="Go to Mark 10:40">Mark 10:40 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. Mark’s Gospel records three times that Jesus prophesied of his death and resurrection. After each time he had to rebuke his disciples. The first time (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.8.31" href="/passage/?search=Mark.8.31&version=TPT">Mark 8:31 x </a> ) he rebuked Peter for being used by Satan to try to hinder Jesus. The second time (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.9.31" href="/passage/?search=Mark.9.31&version=TPT">Mark 9:31 x </a> ) the disciples argued over who would be the greatest. After the third time (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.10.33" href="/passage/?search=Mark.10.33&version=TPT">Mark 10:33 x </a> ), Jesus corrected Jacob (James) and John about their ambition to be in the place of highest honor. This shows us that not only is the sacrifice of the cross difficult to understand, it also brings out the ambition that hides in our hearts. Jesus’ submission to the Father to choose who sits in glory next to him becomes a rebuke to the ambition of James and John.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4815" title="Go to Mark 10:44">Mark 10:44 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jesus uses two Greek words for servant: <i>diakonos</i> (“minister,” “servant,” “deacon”) in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.10.43" href="/passage/?search=Mark.10.43&version=TPT">v. 43 y </a> , and <i>doulos</i> (“bondslave,” “bond servant”) in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.10.44" href="/passage/?search=Mark.10.44&version=TPT">v. 44 y </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4817" title="Go to Mark 10:46">Mark 10:46 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The name Timai is Aramaic and means “highly prized” (or “esteemed”). Though unable to see, he was highly prized in the eyes of Jesus, who stopped to heal him. The Greek transliteration is “Bar-Timaeus, son of Timaeus,” which is somewhat confusing, since the name Bar-Timaeus means “son of Timaeus.” The Aramaic is to be preferred, for Timai spoke Aramaic when he cried out to Jesus (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.10.51" href="/passage/?search=Mark.10.51&version=TPT">v. 51 z </a> ), for “Rabbi” (“master-teacher”) is an Aramaic title of respect.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4818" title="Go to Mark 10:47">Mark 10:47 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The term “son of David” was used for the Messiah. The blind man believed Jesus was the one who was fulfilling the messianic claims of restoring sight to the blind.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4818" title="Go to Mark 10:47">Mark 10:47 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the Hebraic saying “Have mercy on me.” The mark of mercy would be his healing.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4822" title="Go to Mark 10:51">Mark 10:51 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the Aramaic emphatic form of Rabbi: <i>Rabbouni</i>. “My Master” is the best way to express this in English.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4823" title="Go to Mark 10:52">Mark 10:52 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the Greek word <i>sozo</i> and is best defined with multiple terms: “delivered, saved, restored, healed, rescued, preserved, made whole.” There is at least an implication that the man was saved, healed, and delivered, with sight restored, all at the same time.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4824" title="Go to Mark 11:1">Mark 11:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or Bethphage, which in Aramaic means “the house of stables.” Transliterated into Greek it means “the house of unripe figs.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4826" title="Go to Mark 11:3">Mark 11:3 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Only once in the Gospels do we see Jesus ever needing anything. In this case he needed a donkey. More than one commentator has seen a picture here of how the Lord “needs” every believer to be his representative in the world.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4829" title="Go to Mark 11:6">Mark 11:6 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is clear that Jesus had supernatural knowledge ahead of time about the colt, where it would be found, and what would be spoken by the bystanders. This would qualify as a “word of revelation knowledge,” listed as one of the gifts of the Holy Spirit given to the church today. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.12.8" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.12.8&version=TPT">1 Cor. 12:8 c </a> . As the Creator, Jesus Christ has the right to be called the “owner” of the donkey.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4830" title="Go to Mark 11:7">Mark 11:7 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “garments.” By cultural implication, this would include prayer shawls.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4830" title="Go to Mark 11:7">Mark 11:7 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Zech. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Zech.9.9" href="/passage/?search=Zech.9.9&version=TPT">9:9 e </a> . Kings rode on horses, not donkeys. Jesus chose the young colt as a symbol of humility and gentleness. It would be difficult for the people not to see the fulfillment of Zechariah’s prophecy in front of their eyes.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4831" title="Go to Mark 11:8">Mark 11:8 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The men would have been wearing their prayer shawls as they welcomed Rabbi Jesus to Jerusalem. See also 2 Kings <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Kgs.9.13" href="/passage/?search=2Kgs.9.13&version=TPT">9:13 f </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4832" title="Go to Mark 11:9">Mark 11:9 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or <i>Hosanna</i>, an Aramaic word that means “O, save us now” (or “bring the victory”)! The crowds were recognizing Jesus as Yahweh’s Messiah. It is obvious that the people were expecting Jesus to immediately overthrow the Roman oppression and set the nation free. Many want victory before the cross, but true victory comes after resurrection.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4832" title="Go to Mark 11:9">Mark 11:9 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.118.25" href="/passage/?search=Ps.118.25&version=TPT">Ps. 118:25-26 h </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4833" title="Go to Mark 11:10">Mark 11:10 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “You who are in the highest place, save us now!”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4836" title="Go to Mark 11:13">Mark 11:13 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The fig tree is first mentioned in Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.3.7" href="/passage/?search=Gen.3.7&version=TPT">3:7 j </a> , with its leaves being a “covering” for fallen Adam and Eve to hide behind. It also became a hiding place for Zacchaeus, who climbed a sycamore-fig tree to see Jesus. The tree with leaves but no fruit can also be a symbol of Israel’s religious system of that day (Jer. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jer.8.13" href="/passage/?search=Jer.8.13&version=TPT">8:13 j </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jer.24.1" href="/passage/?search=Jer.24.1&version=TPT">24:1-10 j </a> ). Jesus next drives out the money changers from the temple, who were rotten fruit. The firstfruits of the harvest Jesus was looking for came on the day of Pentecost, at the end of the Feast of Firstfruits. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.2" href="/passage/?search=Acts.2&version=TPT">Acts 2 j </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4837" title="Go to Mark 11:14">Mark 11:14 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Answering (the fig tree), he spoke to it.” The text does not say that Jesus cursed the tree, only that he “answered” and spoke to the tree. Peter’s interpretation of this was that Jesus cursed the tree (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.11.20" href="/passage/?search=Mark.11.20&version=TPT">vv. 20–21 k </a> ).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4838" title="Go to Mark 11:15">Mark 11:15 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Also known as the court of the gentiles, the only place where non-Jews were allowed in the temple complex.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4838" title="Go to Mark 11:15">Mark 11:15 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic reads “the tables that had the firstborn ransom payments.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4840" title="Go to Mark 11:17">Mark 11:17 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.56.7" href="/passage/?search=Isa.56.7&version=TPT">56:7 n </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4840" title="Go to Mark 11:17">Mark 11:17 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Jer. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jer.7.11" href="/passage/?search=Jer.7.11&version=TPT">7:11 o </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4845" title="Go to Mark 11:22">Mark 11:22 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. It is possible to translate the Greek text as an adjectival phrase, “God-like faith” or “godly faith.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4846" title="Go to Mark 11:23">Mark 11:23 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic word for <i>doubt</i> means “to be divided (undecided) in your heart.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4846" title="Go to Mark 11:23">Mark 11:23 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The mountain and the sea can also be metaphors. Mountains in the Bible can refer to kingdoms, and the sea represents the nations (e.g., “sea of humanity”). Faith lifts up and brings with us the “mountain” of God’s kingdom realm when we go into the nations. The Greek word for mountain, <i>oros</i>, is related to a verb that means “to lift up and carry off and take with you.” This truth Jesus brings us is more than hyperbole; it is the active power of faith to take and carry the power and authority of the mountain—God’s kingdom realm—with us wherever we go.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4848" title="Go to Mark 11:25">Mark 11:25 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Most ancient Jewish prayers require that a person stand to pray.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4848" title="Go to Mark 11:25">Mark 11:25 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word for forgiveness is <i>apehiemi</i> and means “to send away,” “to take away,” “to release,” “to let flow” (away).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4849" title="Go to Mark 11:26">Mark 11:26 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This verse is omitted by the Greek texts of Nestle-Aland, Wescott & Hort, and most modern translations because it is not found in some of the most reliable and earliest manuscripts. It is found in the Aramaic. Although its inclusion is dubious, this translation includes it, for it does not interfere with the understanding of this pericope and a similar saying is found in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.6.15" href="/passage/?search=Matt.6.15&version=TPT">Matt. 6:15 u </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4856" title="Go to Mark 11:33">Mark 11:33 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As they listened to the parable of the tenant in ch. 12, they began to understand that Jesus was the Son of God who came with heaven’s authority to represent the Father.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4857" title="Go to Mark 12:1">Mark 12:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “He planted a vineyard by a stream.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4857" title="Go to Mark 12:1">Mark 12:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.5.1" href="/passage/?search=Isa.5.1&version=TPT">5:1-7 b </a> . The vineyard is a metaphor for the promises of life and glory for Israel. The leaders of the nation were but tenants who were to tend the vineyard. The fence was God’s protection and favor that surrounded them. The winepress was the Holy Spirit, who gave them the inspired revelation of Scripture. The watchtower could speak of the ministry of the prophets, who were like watchmen on the walls for God’s people.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4858" title="Go to Mark 12:2">Mark 12:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>These servants represent the prophets whom God commissioned to take his word to the people, but they were rejected and persecuted.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4860" title="Go to Mark 12:4">Mark 12:4 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some Greek manuscripts and the Aramaic read “and stoned him.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4862" title="Go to Mark 12:6">Mark 12:6 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “They’ll be ashamed of what they’ve done.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4864" title="Go to Mark 12:8">Mark 12:8 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jesus was the true Heir, who was crucified outside the walls of the city. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.13.12" href="/passage/?search=Heb.13.12&version=TPT">Heb. 13:12 f </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4865" title="Go to Mark 12:9">Mark 12:9 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The “others” is a hint of the gentiles who would receive the new covenant promises of God. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.15.1-John.15.2" href="/passage/?search=John.15.1-John.15.2&version=TPT">John 15:1-2 g </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.2.11" href="/passage/?search=Eph.2.11&version=TPT">Eph. 2:11-22 g </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4866" title="Go to Mark 12:10">Mark 12:10 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.118.22" href="/passage/?search=Ps.118.22&version=TPT">Ps. 118:22-23 h </a> ; Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.8.14" href="/passage/?search=Isa.8.14&version=TPT">8:14-15 h </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.28.16" href="/passage/?search=Isa.28.16&version=TPT">28:16 h </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4867" title="Go to Mark 12:11">Mark 12:11 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “it.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4867" title="Go to Mark 12:11">Mark 12:11 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic reads “This came from the presence of [next to] Lord Yahweh and is a marvel in our eyes.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4870" title="Go to Mark 12:14">Mark 12:14 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “You don’t look into the faces of men” (before you speak the truth).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4872" title="Go to Mark 12:16">Mark 12:16 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Actual coins from that era have been found with the emperor’s image and a superscription saying, “Tiberius Caesar Augustus, son of the divine Augustus.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4873" title="Go to Mark 12:17">Mark 12:17 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the text. The coin belongs to Caesar because it carries his image. We have an obligation to God because we carry his image.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4875" title="Go to Mark 12:19">Mark 12:19 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.25.5" href="/passage/?search=Deut.25.5&version=TPT">25:5-10 n </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4880" title="Go to Mark 12:24">Mark 12:24 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “You wander off the path” (of truth).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4882" title="Go to Mark 12:26">Mark 12:26 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “in the book of Moses.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4882" title="Go to Mark 12:26">Mark 12:26 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.3.6" href="/passage/?search=Exod.3.6&version=TPT">3:6 q </a> . The implication Jesus is making is that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were all alive (in glory) when God spoke to Moses in the burning bush.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4883" title="Go to Mark 12:27">Mark 12:27 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “you wander off the path” (of truth).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4885" title="Go to Mark 12:29">Mark 12:29 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4887" title="Go to Mark 12:31">Mark 12:31 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is literally “your nearest,” which is a figure of speech for “your friend.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4888" title="Go to Mark 12:32">Mark 12:32 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.4.35" href="/passage/?search=Deut.4.35&version=TPT">4:35 u </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4890" title="Go to Mark 12:34">Mark 12:34 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jesus tells the man that God’s kingdom realm is within reach. It is a present reality, not just a far-off concept. In Mark 11–12, the religious scholars (scribes) are mentioned a number of times. It was a religious scholar who questioned Jesus’ authority (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.11.27" href="/passage/?search=Mark.11.27&version=TPT">11:27-28 v </a> ), and it was a religious scholar who questioned his interpretation of Scripture (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.12.28" href="/passage/?search=Mark.12.28&version=TPT">12:28 v </a> ). Now, in the verses that follow, Jesus shows that they had taught a theology without knowing the reality of Christ, the Messiah. Every teaching needs to be weighed by the reality of Christ, not the traditions of men.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4892" title="Go to Mark 12:36">Mark 12:36 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.110.1" href="/passage/?search=Ps.110.1&version=TPT">Ps. 110:1 w </a> , the most quoted Old Testament verse in the New Testament. Jesus is challenging them to consider that the Christ will be both God and man (David’s son and David’s Lord).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4894" title="Go to Mark 12:38">Mark 12:38 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The implied meaning of Jesus’ teaching is that we should choose carefully those we follow. The religious scholars are not rebuked for their plans to crucify Jesus, but for their flawed character.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4894" title="Go to Mark 12:38">Mark 12:38 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “marketplaces.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4895" title="Go to Mark 12:39">Mark 12:39 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “the best seats [reserved for respected leaders] in the synagogues.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4896" title="Go to Mark 12:40">Mark 12:40 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Translated from the Aramaic, which is literally “They eat of the household with the ladle of their tender prayers.” The implication is that the religious leaders would go and pray at the homes of widows, then intimidate them by asking for offerings.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4901" title="Go to Mark 13:1">Mark 13:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is Solomon’s temple, rebuilt by Herod the Great. He began the project in 19 BC, prior to the birth of Christ, using some of the greatest marble and gold ornamentation found in the Middle East. Some of the stones he used were five meters long and over one meter high.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4902" title="Go to Mark 13:2">Mark 13:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This prophecy of Jesus was fulfilled by the Roman prince Titus, who, in the Roman war of AD 67–70, destroyed the temple. There is still standing in Rome today the Arch of Titus, which commemorates his conquest of Jerusalem. In about AD 135, the emperor Hadrian completely destroyed the city of Jerusalem and built a new city on its foundations.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4904" title="Go to Mark 13:4">Mark 13:4 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although it is possible to translate this “the end of the world,” the Hebraic mind-set of the end of days is a transition into a new age of the Messiah’s coming that would restore all things. Note also that this teaching regarding the last days was not given publicly but only to four disciples.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4906" title="Go to Mark 13:6">Mark 13:6 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “making use of my name.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4906" title="Go to Mark 13:6">Mark 13:6 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “I am” (the one), or “It is I.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4907" title="Go to Mark 13:7">Mark 13:7 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4908" title="Go to Mark 13:8">Mark 13:8 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “ethnic groups.” Although implied in the Greek, the Aramaic text is explicit: “Peoples will rise over peoples and kingdoms over kingdoms.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4908" title="Go to Mark 13:8">Mark 13:8 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The word <i>riots</i> (rebellious uprisings) is found only in the Aramaic manuscripts. See also 2 Chron. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Chr.15.6" href="/passage/?search=2Chr.15.6&version=TPT">15:6 h </a>  and Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.19.2" href="/passage/?search=Isa.19.2&version=TPT">19:2 h </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4910" title="Go to Mark 13:10">Mark 13:10 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic (lit. “hopes”).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4910" title="Go to Mark 13:10">Mark 13:10 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The chronological reference (“first”) takes us back to <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.13.7" href="/passage/?search=Mark.13.7&version=TPT">v. 7 j </a> . That is, the end will not come before the gospel is preached to all nations.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4913" title="Go to Mark 13:13">Mark 13:13 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “you will be rescued” or “preserved” or “delivered.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4914" title="Go to Mark 13:14">Mark 13:14 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the abomination [sin] that brings desolation [desecration].” See Dan. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.8.13" href="/passage/?search=Dan.8.13&version=TPT">8:13 l </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.9.27" href="/passage/?search=Dan.9.27&version=TPT">9:27 l </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.11.31" href="/passage/?search=Dan.11.31&version=TPT">11:31 l </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.12.11" href="/passage/?search=Dan.12.11&version=TPT">12:11 l </a> . Jesus is saying that Daniel’s prophecy had not yet been fulfilled in his time. Many see the fulfillment of this prophecy in AD 70, when Titus, the Roman prince, went into the temple and sacrificed animals to Jupiter.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4914" title="Go to Mark 13:14">Mark 13:14 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “the defiling sign of desolation piling up” (setting up).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4914" title="Go to Mark 13:14">Mark 13:14 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>These parenthetical words were added by Mark to encourage us to seek the Lord for the understanding of this mystery. Jesus, speaking in the role of the true Prophet, gives us truth to ponder in veiled language.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4914" title="Go to Mark 13:14">Mark 13:14 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Jer. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jer.16.16" href="/passage/?search=Jer.16.16&version=TPT">16:16 o </a> ; Zech. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Zech.14.5" href="/passage/?search=Zech.14.5&version=TPT">14:5 o </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.21.20" href="/passage/?search=Luke.21.20&version=TPT">Luke 21:20-22 o </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4915" title="Go to Mark 13:15">Mark 13:15 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “on the roof.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4917" title="Go to Mark 13:17">Mark 13:17 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “woe.” Jesus is not cursing them, but stating how dreadfully difficult it will be for them.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4919" title="Go to Mark 13:19">Mark 13:19 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “such as has not been seen from the beginning of the creation that God created until now.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4922" title="Go to Mark 13:22">Mark 13:22 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “prophets of lies.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4925" title="Go to Mark 13:25">Mark 13:25 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.13.10" href="/passage/?search=Isa.13.10&version=TPT">13:10 t </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.34.4" href="/passage/?search=Isa.34.4&version=TPT">34:4 t </a> ; Joel <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Joel.2.10" href="/passage/?search=Joel.2.10&version=TPT">2:10 t </a> ; Amos <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Amos.8.9" href="/passage/?search=Amos.8.9&version=TPT">8:9 t </a> . This can also be viewed as a Hebraic metaphor of the lights of the natural realm being shut off and replaced with heaven’s glory. Lights out on the old order. Sun, moon, and stars are also representative of the governmental structures failing with great calamity. A new order, a new glory, is coming to replace the fading glories of this world.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4926" title="Go to Mark 13:26">Mark 13:26 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Dan. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.7.13" href="/passage/?search=Dan.7.13&version=TPT">7:13 u </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4927" title="Go to Mark 13:27">Mark 13:27 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “angels.” The Greek word for “angels” can also mean “messengers.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4929" title="Go to Mark 13:29">Mark 13:29 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “it.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4930" title="Go to Mark 13:30">Mark 13:30 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic, which employs a homonym that can be translated either “this generation will not pass away,” or “this family will not pass away. The generation in which Jesus lived on earth has indeed passed away, but the Christian “family” of believers remains and endures. Arguably one of the most difficult verses in the Gospels to interpret, “this generation” could also refer to the Jewish people (race).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4933" title="Go to Mark 13:33">Mark 13:33 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Most Greek manuscripts do not have “and praying”; however, there are ancient authorities who make reference to its inclusion here.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4934" title="Go to Mark 13:34">Mark 13:34 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “doorkeeper.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4935" title="Go to Mark 13:35">Mark 13:35 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “when the rooster crows.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4938" title="Go to Mark 14:1">Mark 14:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>To commemorate the “passing over” of the death angel over the homes of the Hebrew people in Egypt, God instituted these days of celebration. It was an eight-day observance that began with the Passover and included the Feast of Unleavened Bread. See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.12.15" href="/passage/?search=Exod.12.15&version=TPT">12:15-20 a </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.34.18" href="/passage/?search=Exod.34.18&version=TPT">34:18 a </a> . Some believe there could have been 250,000 pilgrims who flocked to Jerusalem to observe the celebrations. Jesus, our Passover Lamb, was killed on the day of Passover.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4940" title="Go to Mark 14:3">Mark 14:3 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>We are all cleansed lepers, symbolized by Simon. Christ left the religious structure of the temple and went into the house of a leper. Former “lepers” are now the true temple of God.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4940" title="Go to Mark 14:3">Mark 14:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>In the time of Jesus, meals were not eaten sitting at a table, but rather while reclining on one’s side before a low table. There are two suppers mentioned in this chapter. At one, Jesus was a guest; at the other, he was the host.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4940" title="Go to Mark 14:3">Mark 14:3 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>An alabaster flask would itself be considered a luxury item in that day. Alabaster was a type of gypsum, very white and possibly translucent. It was found in caves and in limestone deposits.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4940" title="Go to Mark 14:3">Mark 14:3 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was spikenard (or nard), a spice taken from a plant that grows in northern India near the Himalayas. This costly perfume would have been carried over land to the Middle East. Many believe this jar of spikenard would have cost the average worker a year’s wages. It was a common practice among the Jews to prepare a body for burial with fragrant ointment. John records that it was about twelve ounces of perfume, which would have dripped down all of Jesus’ garments to his feet (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.12.3" href="/passage/?search=John.12.3&version=TPT">John 12:3 e </a> ).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4942" title="Go to Mark 14:5">Mark 14:5 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “three hundred denarii,” which is equivalent to nearly a year’s salary. Works of charity are important, but they can never replace our devotion to Christ.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4945" title="Go to Mark 14:8">Mark 14:8 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is possible that when the Roman soldiers pierced Jesus’ feet and placed the crown of thorns on his head, they could have smelled this fragrant oil.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4946" title="Go to Mark 14:9">Mark 14:9 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jesus’ prophecy is that her sacrifice and love would be included in the Gospel account. Her act of devotion is mentioned in three of the four Gospels. You can’t read the New Testament without knowing of her passionate act of worship. The gospel will always give birth to hearts filled with passion for Jesus.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4947" title="Go to Mark 14:10">Mark 14:10 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Judas the locksmith.” Judas is the name Judah. Iscariot was not his last name. There are two possibilities for the meaning of Iscariot. Some believe it is taken from a Hebrew word that means “lock.” Judah the locksmith. He most likely was the one who locked the collection bag, which means he had the key and could pilfer the fund at will. It’s his sad history that he wanted to lock up Jesus and control him for his own ends. Other scholars see the possibility that Iscariot is actually “Ish [man] of Kerioth” (a town once situated south of Hebron). This would mean Judas was the only non-Galilean among the Twelve.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4948" title="Go to Mark 14:11">Mark 14:11 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was thirty pieces of silver, the going price of a slave. See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.21.32" href="/passage/?search=Exod.21.32&version=TPT">21:32 j </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.26.15" href="/passage/?search=Matt.26.15&version=TPT">Matt. 26:15 j </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4949" title="Go to Mark 14:12">Mark 14:12 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, “the Passover seder.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4953" title="Go to Mark 14:16">Mark 14:16 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This miracle account shows that Jesus had revelation knowledge and prophetic insight into the future. The disciples encountered the man, just like Jesus had said. Carrying water was a task given to women, making it easy to spot a man carrying a water jug. Also, it was somewhat of a miracle that during the feast days, with a quarter of a million pilgrims celebrating Passover in Jerusalem, there would be a large room like this unoccupied. This was the last Passover feast in God’s economy, as the shadow of Passover was fulfilled at the cross, where Jesus was crucified. Passover is now replaced for believers by the communion we share at the Lord’s Supper. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.5.7" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.5.7&version=TPT">1 Cor. 5:7-8 l </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4957" title="Go to Mark 14:20">Mark 14:20 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “one who dips with me in the bowl.” This is a figure of speech for an intimate friend.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4958" title="Go to Mark 14:21">Mark 14:21 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “The Son of Man will go where it is written that he must go.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4959" title="Go to Mark 14:22">Mark 14:22 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although the Greek word <i>klao</i> means to “break bread,” it is better understood as tearing a round loaf of flatbread in half. The symbolism of this communion meal was fulfilled by Jesus giving us his body on the cross. Believers today now feast, not on the crucified body of Jesus, but on the substance of the glorified body of the resurrected Christ.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4960" title="Go to Mark 14:23">Mark 14:23 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4961" title="Go to Mark 14:24">Mark 14:24 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>A few Greek manuscripts do not have the word <i>new</i>. It is included in the Aramaic and the majority of Greek texts. This new covenant is a better covenant because it is established on better promises. In this new covenant, God freely gives us forgiveness, life, salvation, and every heavenly spiritual blessing. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.1.3" href="/passage/?search=Eph.1.3&version=TPT">Eph. 1:3 q </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.8.6" href="/passage/?search=Heb.8.6&version=TPT">Heb. 8:6-13 q </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.9.16" href="/passage/?search=Heb.9.16&version=TPT">9:16–17 q </a> . Jesus serves his disciples the bread and the cup (the blood or wine), which means he is serving us his death and resurrection. This is now our feast and our constant supply of life (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.6.51" href="/passage/?search=John.6.51&version=TPT">John 6:51 q </a> ).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4962" title="Go to Mark 14:25">Mark 14:25 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>We are now in the realm of the kingdom of God. The Holy Spirit brings us into the body of Christ and into the reality of God’s kingdom realm. It is growing and increasing in scope, and every time believers drink of the cup of communion, Jesus is present with us. It is the Lord’s Table, not ours. This was a prophecy of what would happen in just a matter of days from then, as believers would break bread together in remembrance of what Jesus had done for them. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.2.42" href="/passage/?search=Acts.2.42&version=TPT">Acts 2:42 r </a> . Jesus now drinks it with us in a new way, and not just once a year at Passover, but every time we worship him by taking communion.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4963" title="Go to Mark 14:26">Mark 14:26 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a hymn.” The Aramaic is “They offered praise.” It was the custom after celebrating the Passover seder to conclude with singing one of the Hallel psalms (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.115-Ps.118" href="/passage/?search=Ps.115-Ps.118&version=TPT">Pss. 115–118 s </a> ).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4964" title="Go to Mark 14:27">Mark 14:27 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “You will all fall into a trap and be ensnared.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4964" title="Go to Mark 14:27">Mark 14:27 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Zech. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Zech.13.7" href="/passage/?search=Zech.13.7&version=TPT">13:7 u </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4965" title="Go to Mark 14:28">Mark 14:28 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jesus knew he would triumph over death and be raised from the dead.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4969" title="Go to Mark 14:32">Mark 14:32 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Gethsemane,” the Aramaic word for (olive) “oil press.” This was located on the lower slope of the Mount of Olives near the brook Kidron. King David left Jerusalem weeping as he crossed the Kidron Valley and went up the Mount of Olives (2 Sam. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Sam.15.23" href="/passage/?search=2Sam.15.23&version=TPT">15:23 w </a> ). Now the Son of David comes into that valley with great sorrow on his way into Jerusalem to be crucified. Kidron comes from the Hebrew verb <i>qadar</i>, which means “to grow dark” or “to mourn.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4970" title="Go to Mark 14:33">Mark 14:33 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter, Jacob (James), and John were the three disciples who were witnesses of Christ’s glory when he was transfigured before their eyes. On the eve of his crucifixion, Jesus longed to have his three closest disciples nearby.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4971" title="Go to Mark 14:34">Mark 14:34 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek words used here in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.14.33" href="/passage/?search=Mark.14.33&version=TPT">vv. 33–34 y </a>  are unusual. The terms are extraordinarily emotional and expressive, describing the deepest feelings a person could experience.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4973" title="Go to Mark 14:36">Mark 14:36 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The cup becomes a metaphor of the great suffering that Jesus had to endure that night in the garden. However, Jesus was not asking the Father for a way around the cross. Rather, he was asking God to keep him alive through this night of suffering so that he could carry the cross and take away our sins. According to the prophecies of the Old Testament, Jesus was to be pierced on a cross. We learn from <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.5.7" href="/passage/?search=Heb.5.7&version=TPT">Heb. 5:7 z </a>  that Jesus’ prayer was answered that night as the cup was indeed taken from him. An angel of God came to strengthen him and deliver him from premature death (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.26.39" href="/passage/?search=Matt.26.39&version=TPT">Matt. 26:39 z </a> ). The “cup” he was asking God to let pass from him was the cup of premature death that Satan was trying to make him drink in the garden, not the death he would experience the next day on the cross. He had already sweat drops of blood (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.22.44" href="/passage/?search=Luke.22.44&version=TPT">Luke 22:44 z </a> ), but the prophecies had to be fulfilled of being pierced on a cross for our transgressions. God answered his cry and he lived through the agony of Gethsemane so that he could be our sacrifice for sin on Calvary. Jesus did not waver in the garden. We have a brave Savior.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4975" title="Go to Mark 14:38">Mark 14:38 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “the flesh is failing.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4978" title="Go to Mark 14:41">Mark 14:41 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “It is received in full; the hour has come.” Although this clause is not found in the most reliable Greek texts, it is included in the Aramaic and a few Greek manuscripts (Codex D).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4982" title="Go to Mark 14:45">Mark 14:45 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic repeats Rabbi (my “Teacher”); the Greek has it only once.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4984" title="Go to Mark 14:47">Mark 14:47 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “bystanders,” which we know to have included Peter. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.18.10" href="/passage/?search=John.18.10&version=TPT">John 18:10 d </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4984" title="Go to Mark 14:47">Mark 14:47 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was a small sword or dagger.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4985" title="Go to Mark 14:48">Mark 14:48 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “revolutionary.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4988" title="Go to Mark 14:51">Mark 14:51 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Traditionally, this young man was thought to be Mark, the author of this Gospel. Mark may be using the common literary device of allusion when speaking of himself. The Greek text uses the word <i>neaniskos</i>, which would mean that the young man was a teenager or in his early twenties.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4988" title="Go to Mark 14:51">Mark 14:51 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This linen sheet is from the Greek word <i>sindon</i> and occurs in the Synoptic Gospels to describe the linen sheet used for burial cloth. <i>Sindon</i> is also used for the young man (<i>neaniskos</i>) dressed in linen who announced to the women at the tomb that Jesus was alive (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.16.5" href="/passage/?search=Mark.16.5&version=TPT">Mark 16:5-7 h </a> ). This event can be seen as a foreshadowing of the resurrection, with the symbolism of the burial cloth and the escape from their clutches (in the next verse).</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7079" title="Go to Acts 3:26">Acts 3:26 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>pais</i> can mean either “servant” or “son.” (See <i>Strong’s Concordance</i>, Gr. 3816.) The Aramaic is clearly “son.” Notice how many times in the book of Acts that the followers of Christ preached the resurrection. The power and virtue of the cross can never be diminished; however, it is the resurrection of Christ that became the apostolic center of their preaching in the book of Acts.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7079" title="Go to Acts 3:26">Acts 3:26 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic uses the conditional clause “if you turn and repent from your evils.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7079" title="Go to Acts 3:26">Acts 3:26 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek is plural, “wickednesses” or “evil ways.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7080" title="Go to Acts 4:1">Acts 4:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Of the three major sects of Judaism of that day (Pharisees, Essenes, and Sadducees), the Sadducees were a small but influential group that philosophically denied the supernatural and gravitated instead toward political control of the people. Their denial of the resurrection is what prompted their actions here.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7082" title="Go to Acts 4:4">Acts 4:4 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the Word” (Gr. <i>logos</i>).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7082" title="Go to Acts 4:4">Acts 4:4 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although the cultural way of numbering the Jewish crowd is technically “adult males,” the usage of the Greek term <i>ton andron</i> is consistently found throughout Greek literature as an inclusive and formal term of respect, similar to “ladies and gentlemen.” Including women and children, the early church swelled rapidly into tens of thousands.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7084" title="Go to Acts 4:6">Acts 4:6 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There is little known about John (or Jonathan) and Alexander. It is possible that John was the son of Caiaphas, who would one day be the high priest. Or John and Alexander could have been the leaders of the Sadducees.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7085" title="Go to Acts 4:7">Acts 4:7 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “In whose name did you do this?”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7088" title="Go to Acts 4:10">Acts 4:10 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the Nazarene.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7089" title="Go to Acts 4:11">Acts 4:11 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.118.22" href="/passage/?search=Ps.118.22&version=TPT">Ps. 118:22 g </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7089" title="Go to Acts 4:11">Acts 4:11 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter insisted there was no man who could claim to be the Messiah other than Jesus.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7089" title="Go to Acts 4:11">Acts 4:11 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “We must experience the Life Giver” or “We must receive the covenant of life.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7090" title="Go to Acts 4:13">Acts 4:13 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “hearing the bold words of Peter and John.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7090" title="Go to Acts 4:13">Acts 4:13 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “They did not know the scrolls.” The Greek is “uneducated.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7098" title="Go to Acts 4:21">Acts 4:21 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Made explicit from the text, “over what had happened.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7099" title="Go to Acts 4:22">Acts 4:22 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>For the significance of the number forty, see the second footnote on 1:3.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7101" title="Go to Acts 4:24">Acts 4:24 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7101" title="Go to Acts 4:24">Acts 4:24 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.20.11" href="/passage/?search=Exod.20.11&version=TPT">20:11 o </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.146.6" href="/passage/?search=Ps.146.6&version=TPT">Ps. 146:6 o </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7103" title="Go to Acts 4:26">Acts 4:26 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “Lord Yahweh,” and the Greek is “Lord” (<i>kurios</i>).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7103" title="Go to Acts 4:26">Acts 4:26 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.2.1" href="/passage/?search=Ps.2.1&version=TPT">Ps. 2:1-2 q </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7107" title="Go to Acts 4:30">Acts 4:30 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “your holy servant, Jesus.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7108" title="Go to Acts 4:31">Acts 4:31 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “an earthquake.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7108" title="Go to Acts 4:31">Acts 4:31 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word is <i>parresia</i>. This involves more than confidence; it was a free-flowing, unrestrained boldness. It can also mean “freedom of speech.” <i>Parresia</i> carries nuances that are not easily brought over into English. The person who speaks with <i>parresia</i> will say everything that is on his mind with no restraint, flowing out of his heart with confidence. It involves being frank and honest, hiding nothing and speaking directly to the heart. Most often it is a word used for public speaking. It refers to speech that is not tailored to make everyone happy but to speak the truth, in spite of what that may cost. It is the courage to speak truth into the ears of others. This was reserved for only the highest rank of Greek citizens, not people of other lands or slaves. The right to speak freely was an essential aspect of Athenian democracy. Although it is sometimes associated with negative speech, in this context <i>parresia</i> refers to an unrestrained boldness. There was a Greek idiom that said essentially, “If you tell me the truth no matter what that truth turns out to be, I will not punish you.” This was known as the Parresiastic Contract. See M. Foucault, “Discourse and Truth: The Problematization of Parresia,” six lectures given at the University of California at Berkeley, 1983, ed. by Joseph Pearson in 1985. <i>Parresia</i> is found also in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.8.32" href="/passage/?search=Mark.8.32&version=TPT">Mark 8:32 t </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.7.4" href="/passage/?search=John.7.4&version=TPT">John 7:4 t </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.7.13" href="/passage/?search=John.7.13&version=TPT">13 t </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.7.26" href="/passage/?search=John.7.26&version=TPT">26 t </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.10.24" href="/passage/?search=John.10.24&version=TPT">10:24 t </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.11.14" href="/passage/?search=John.11.14&version=TPT">11:14 t </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.11.54" href="/passage/?search=John.11.54&version=TPT">54 t </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.3.12" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.3.12&version=TPT">2 Cor. 3:12 t </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.7.4" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.7.4&version=TPT">7:4 t </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.3.12" href="/passage/?search=Eph.3.12&version=TPT">Eph. 3:12 t </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.6.19" href="/passage/?search=Eph.6.19&version=TPT">6:19 t </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Phil.1.20" href="/passage/?search=Phil.1.20&version=TPT">Phil. 1:20 t </a> ; and numerous other places.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7112" title="Go to Acts 4:36">Acts 4:36 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The name Barnabas means “son of encouragement,” or “son of the prophet.” This was the Barnabas who traveled with Paul as an apostle.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7113" title="Go to Acts 5:1">Acts 5:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “Ananias, together with his wife, who was famous for her beauty.” The Aramaic name <i>Shapeera</i> means “beauty.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7115" title="Go to Acts 5:3">Acts 5:3 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>With supernatural discernment, God revealed to Peter what had happened. The words “pretended to give it all” are not in the original text, but supplied because of the inference of the words “lie to the Holy Spirit.” The true sin was more than simply telling Peter a lie, but lying to the Holy Spirit.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7116" title="Go to Acts 5:4">Acts 5:4 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “You are not a phony with just men, but with God.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7121" title="Go to Acts 5:9">Acts 5:9 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “the Spirit of the Lord Yahweh.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7123" title="Go to Acts 5:11">Acts 5:11 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “mega-fear fell on the church.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7125" title="Go to Acts 5:13">Acts 5:13 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “No one else dared join them,” which is somewhat confusing because of the next verse.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7126" title="Go to Acts 5:14">Acts 5:14 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “the Lord Yahweh.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7127" title="Go to Acts 5:15">Acts 5:15 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word translated “overshadow” is <i>episkiazo</i>, which is used exclusively for the power of the Almighty “overshadowing,” such as with Mary, who conceived a child supernaturally by God. It is also used for the cloud that overshadowed Jesus on the Mount of Transfiguration. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.17.5" href="/passage/?search=Matt.17.5&version=TPT">Matt. 17:5 h </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.9.7" href="/passage/?search=Mark.9.7&version=TPT">Mark 9:7 h </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.1.35" href="/passage/?search=Luke.1.35&version=TPT">Luke 1:35 h </a> . This was not a natural shadow created by the light of the sun, but the supernatural overshadowing of God’s power coming upon the sick to bring healing.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7130" title="Go to Acts 5:18">Acts 5:18 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7131" title="Go to Acts 5:19">Acts 5:19 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “Lord Yahweh.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7133" title="Go to Acts 5:21">Acts 5:21 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the Sanhedrin.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7140" title="Go to Acts 5:28">Acts 5:28 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “bringing [the guilt of] this man’s blood on us.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7142" title="Go to Acts 5:30">Acts 5:30 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “by hanging him on a tree,” an Aramaic idiom for crucifixion. See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.21.22" href="/passage/?search=Deut.21.22&version=TPT">21:22-23 m </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7142" title="Go to Acts 5:30">Acts 5:30 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.3.15" href="/passage/?search=Exod.3.15&version=TPT">3:15 n </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7143" title="Go to Acts 5:31">Acts 5:31 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Prince.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7143" title="Go to Acts 5:31">Acts 5:31 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “He gives repentance and removal of sins to Israel.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7144" title="Go to Acts 5:32">Acts 5:32 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “words.” This is the Greek word <i>rhema</i>.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7144" title="Go to Acts 5:32">Acts 5:32 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “to those who hear and obey him.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7149" title="Go to Acts 5:37">Acts 5:37 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “registration for the Roman tax.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7155" title="Go to Acts 6:1">Acts 6:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the Hebrews” (converts from orthodox Judaism). There was one dominant language in Israel: Aramaic. However, the issue between the two groups was more than merely a language difference. Those who spoke Aramaic were natives, while the Greek-speaking minority were most likely Jews from other nations.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7155" title="Go to Acts 6:1">Acts 6:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Hellenists.” These were Jewish converts who sought to maintain a Greek language and culture and were predominantly Alexandrian Jews. These may have been Jews who were scattered throughout the Roman Empire, including Greece and Alexandria, Egypt.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7157" title="Go to Acts 6:3">Acts 6:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “select with awe,” that is, in the presence of the Lord.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7159" title="Go to Acts 6:5">Acts 6:5 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “This proposal appeared beautiful.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7159" title="Go to Acts 6:5">Acts 6:5 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is most likely that Stephen was not a gentile but a Jewish believer. His Hebrew name, <i>Tzephania</i>, is transliterated into Greek as <i>Astaphanos</i> (Stephen in English). <i>Tzephania</i> is the name of the prophet Zephaniah. Zephaniah means “Yah has treasured [him].” Stephen was not a gentile proselyte to Judaism but a Greek-speaking Hebrew. He spoke in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.7" href="/passage/?search=Acts.7&version=TPT">Acts 7 e </a>  and addressed his hearers as “fellow Jews and fathers.” Although he was a powerful minister of the Word, Stephen was humble to accept the task of serving.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7159" title="Go to Acts 6:5">Acts 6:5 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “Nicholas, the hero of Antioch.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7160" title="Go to Acts 6:6">Acts 6:6 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The practice of laying on of hands indicates approval, impartation of authority, commissioning, and ordaining. As the Old Testament priest laid hands on a sacrifice and transferred the guilt of sins upon the animal, the New Testament apostles laid their hands on men and appointed them to ministry. See Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.16.21" href="/passage/?search=Lev.16.21&version=TPT">16:21-22 g </a> ; Num. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Num.27.18" href="/passage/?search=Num.27.18&version=TPT">27:18-20 g </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.6.2" href="/passage/?search=Heb.6.2&version=TPT">Heb. 6:2 g </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7161" title="Go to Acts 6:7">Acts 6:7 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7162" title="Go to Acts 6:8">Acts 6:8 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Stephen was not an apostle, yet he worked miracles of power through his ministry. The miraculous is not for the few, but for the many.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7163" title="Go to Acts 6:9">Acts 6:9 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the Synagogue of the Freedmen.” Although most expositors view these as former Hebrew slaves, the Aramaic is “Libertines.” It is possible that these were pagan cult members who followed a Roman mythical hero named Liber. From this word we get the English word <i>liberty</i>. They emphasized drunkenness and promiscuity. They boasted in their freedom from all moral laws as the Men Set Free to do whatever they desired. They were so hedonistic that even other pagans viewed them as wicked. These Libertines were the antithesis to the true freedom that comes through Christ (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.8.36" href="/passage/?search=John.8.36&version=TPT">John 8:36 j </a> ).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7163" title="Go to Acts 6:9">Acts 6:9 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Cyrene,” a region of eastern Libya.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7163" title="Go to Acts 6:9">Acts 6:9 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Alexandria,” a large Egyptian city on the Mediterranean.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7163" title="Go to Acts 6:9">Acts 6:9 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Cilicia” (southeastern coastal area of Turkey) and “the province of Asia” (that is, yet he prom-Asia Minor, comprised of western and southwestern Turkey). Both regions are included in the word <i>Turks</i>.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7163" title="Go to Acts 6:9">Acts 6:9 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “word wrestle.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7166" title="Go to Acts 6:12">Acts 6:12 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “scribes.” These were considered the experts in the law of Moses.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7168" title="Go to Acts 6:14">Acts 6:14 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “We heard him teach that Jesus the Nazarene is the one who freed our nation and changed the feasts that Moses observed.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7169" title="Go to Acts 6:15">Acts 6:15 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As he faced persecution and martyrdom, Stephen’s face lit up with heaven’s light, shining as an angelic messenger. What manifests in your life when you are opposed and falsely accused?</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7171" title="Go to Acts 7:2">Acts 7:2 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The entire Hebrew family, and consequently the life of believers today, all began with a divine encounter as the God of glory appeared before Abraham. It is this same glory that calls people to faith in Christ. We, like Abraham, have been captured by the God of glory. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Pet.1.3" href="/passage/?search=2Pet.1.3&version=TPT">2 Peter 1:3 a </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7171" title="Go to Acts 7:2">Acts 7:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Mesopotamia,” or “the land between two rivers” (Euphrates and Tigris).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7171" title="Go to Acts 7:2">Acts 7:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the city to which Abraham migrated on his way to the promised land. Haran was also the son of Caleb who claimed a mountain. Haran means “mountain climber.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7172" title="Go to Acts 7:3">Acts 7:3 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.12.1" href="/passage/?search=Gen.12.1&version=TPT">12:1 d </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7173" title="Go to Acts 7:4">Acts 7:4 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the land of Chaldeans.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7174" title="Go to Acts 7:5">Acts 7:5 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.2.5" href="/passage/?search=Deut.2.5&version=TPT">2:5 f </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7175" title="Go to Acts 7:6">Acts 7:6 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.15.13" href="/passage/?search=Gen.15.13&version=TPT">15:13-14 g </a> ; Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.2.22" href="/passage/?search=Exod.2.22&version=TPT">2:22 g </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.12.40" href="/passage/?search=Exod.12.40&version=TPT">12:40 g </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7176" title="Go to Acts 7:7">Acts 7:7 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.3.12" href="/passage/?search=Exod.3.12&version=TPT">3:12 h </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7179" title="Go to Acts 7:10">Acts 7:10 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.41.37" href="/passage/?search=Gen.41.37&version=TPT">41:37-44 i </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7180" title="Go to Acts 7:11">Acts 7:11 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.41.54" href="/passage/?search=Gen.41.54&version=TPT">41:54 j </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.42.5" href="/passage/?search=Gen.42.5&version=TPT">42:5 j </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7182" title="Go to Acts 7:13">Acts 7:13 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.45.1" href="/passage/?search=Gen.45.1&version=TPT">45:1 k </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7185" title="Go to Acts 7:16">Acts 7:16 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “his [Jacob’s] bones,” while every Greek manuscript is “their bones.” Jacob was buried in Abraham’s tomb according to Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.50.1" href="/passage/?search=Gen.50.1&version=TPT">50:1-14 l </a> . Joseph was buried in a plot purchased in Shechem for one hundred pieces of silver (Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.33.18" href="/passage/?search=Gen.33.18&version=TPT">33:18-20 l </a> ; Josh. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Josh.24.32" href="/passage/?search=Josh.24.32&version=TPT">24:32 l </a> ).</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7187" title="Go to Acts 7:18">Acts 7:18 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek is “another of a different kind [or “character”].”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7187" title="Go to Acts 7:18">Acts 7:18 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.1.7" href="/passage/?search=Exod.1.7&version=TPT">1:7-8 n </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7188" title="Go to Acts 7:19">Acts 7:19 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can also be translated “forced them to abort their children.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7189" title="Go to Acts 7:20">Acts 7:20 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “beautiful [well pleasing] in the eyes of God.” The Aramaic is “He was loved by God.” Ancient Hebrew scholars believed Moses may have had a shining of glory on his countenance when he was born, distinguishing him as a special servant of the Lord God. This shining face would later mark him as one who dwelt in the presence of the Lord (Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.34.29" href="/passage/?search=Exod.34.29&version=TPT">34:29 p </a> ). Moses was a type or picture of the Lord Jesus Christ. No one was fairer than he; but no one was more extraordinary than our Lord. We learn from Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.6.20" href="/passage/?search=Exod.6.20&version=TPT">6:20 p </a>  that Moses’ father was Amram and his mother was Jochebed. Amram means “family of the lofty One” and Jochebed means “Yah makes great.” The sister of Moses was Miriam (the Hebrew name for Mary), which comes from the root word for “myrrh,” meaning “aromatic,” “fragrant,” or “bitter.” The name Moses means “rescued out of the water.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7189" title="Go to Acts 7:20">Acts 7:20 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.11.23" href="/passage/?search=Heb.11.23&version=TPT">Heb. 11:23 q </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7191" title="Go to Acts 7:22">Acts 7:22 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jewish tradition is that Pharaoh’s daughter had no child of her own and she herself was an only child. Moses stood in line to receive the throne of Egypt, the great world power. God was going to prepare a servant who would do his pleasure. All the education and culture of this world dynasty with its unlimited resources was placed before Moses. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.113.7" href="/passage/?search=Ps.113.7&version=TPT">Ps. 113:7-8 r </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7197" title="Go to Acts 7:28">Acts 7:28 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.2.14" href="/passage/?search=Exod.2.14&version=TPT">2:14 s </a> . Moses missed God’s timing. To know God’s will doesn’t mean you know God’s timing. God made Moses a ruler and a judge, but it took forty years to prepare him. Moses wanted the position forty years before he was ready. No one can make himself ruler and judge—only God has authority to set leaders in place. We cannot raise ourselves up with ministry responsibilities until God releases us. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.8.16" href="/passage/?search=Prov.8.16&version=TPT">Prov. 8:16 s </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7198" title="Go to Acts 7:29">Acts 7:29 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.11.24" href="/passage/?search=Heb.11.24&version=TPT">Heb. 11:24-27 t </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7199" title="Go to Acts 7:30">Acts 7:30 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7199" title="Go to Acts 7:30">Acts 7:30 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.3.2" href="/passage/?search=Exod.3.2&version=TPT">3:2 v </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7201" title="Go to Acts 7:32">Acts 7:32 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7202" title="Go to Acts 7:33">Acts 7:33 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Removing one’s shoes indicated the highest reverence. It is symbolic of removing earthly matters from our minds and hearts in readiness to accept spiritual realities.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7202" title="Go to Acts 7:33">Acts 7:33 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “you are standing on ground that is set apart” (sacred).</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7203" title="Go to Acts 7:34">Acts 7:34 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “I have seen their torment.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7203" title="Go to Acts 7:34">Acts 7:34 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.3.6" href="/passage/?search=Exod.3.6&version=TPT">3:6-10 a </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7206" title="Go to Acts 7:37">Acts 7:37 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7206" title="Go to Acts 7:37">Acts 7:37 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.18.15" href="/passage/?search=Deut.18.15&version=TPT">18:15 c </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7207" title="Go to Acts 7:38">Acts 7:38 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Moses is the one who was in the assembly in the wilderness.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7209" title="Go to Acts 7:40">Acts 7:40 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “We don’t know who this Moses is.” See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.32.1" href="/passage/?search=Exod.32.1&version=TPT">32:1 e </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.32.23" href="/passage/?search=Exod.32.23&version=TPT">23 e </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7210" title="Go to Acts 7:41">Acts 7:41 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “They had a party in honor of what their own hands had made.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7211" title="Go to Acts 7:42">Acts 7:42 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was in violation of Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.4.19" href="/passage/?search=Deut.4.19&version=TPT">4:19 g </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.17.2" href="/passage/?search=Deut.17.2&version=TPT">17:2-5 g </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7211" title="Go to Acts 7:42">Acts 7:42 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Amos <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Amos.5.25" href="/passage/?search=Amos.5.25&version=TPT">5:25-27 h </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7212" title="Go to Acts 7:43">Acts 7:43 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was the Canaanite god of the sun and sky.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7212" title="Go to Acts 7:43">Acts 7:43 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Derphan,” or “Remphan.” This is the Assyrian deity also referred to as Saturn.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7214" title="Go to Acts 7:45">Acts 7:45 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>In Aramaic-Hebrew, the spelling of Joshua and Jesus is the same: <i>Yeshua</i>.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7216" title="Go to Acts 7:47">Acts 7:47 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See 2 Chron. 5.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7217" title="Go to Acts 7:48">Acts 7:48 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.66.1" href="/passage/?search=Isa.66.1&version=TPT">66:1-2 m </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7219" title="Go to Acts 7:50">Acts 7:50 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “all these things.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7222" title="Go to Acts 7:53">Acts 7:53 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “by angelic decrees.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7224" title="Go to Acts 7:55">Acts 7:55 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7225" title="Go to Acts 7:56">Acts 7:56 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jesus sits at the right hand of God, but when he saw Stephen give his last breath for the gospel, he stood to welcome his martyr into his eternal reward.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7227" title="Go to Acts 7:58">Acts 7:58 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, Saul, who would be converted and become Paul the apostle. Stephen’s graduation was Paul’s initiation.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7229" title="Go to Acts 7:60">Acts 7:60 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.23.34" href="/passage/?search=Luke.23.34&version=TPT">Luke 23:34 s </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.23.46" href="/passage/?search=Luke.23.46&version=TPT">46 s </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7234" title="Go to Acts 8:5">Acts 8:5 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the main city of Samaria.” Many believe this was the Samaritan city of Sebaste.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7235" title="Go to Acts 8:6">Acts 8:6 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic, which indicates they did more than just hear the good news; they silenced those who said anything against Philip’s message.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7236" title="Go to Acts 8:7">Acts 8:7 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Healings, miracles, and deliverances were being accomplished through others, not just the apostles.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7238" title="Go to Acts 8:9">Acts 8:9 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “He boasted of himself, saying, ‘I am the great god!’”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7239" title="Go to Acts 8:10">Acts 8:10 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “They were all praying to him” or “bowing down to him.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7244" title="Go to Acts 8:15">Acts 8:15 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “take hold of the Holy Spirit.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7246" title="Go to Acts 8:17">Acts 8:17 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the text. The Greek is “They took hold of the Holy Spirit.” That is, the power of the Holy Spirit came upon them and filled them.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7248" title="Go to Acts 8:19">Acts 8:19 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “authority.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7250" title="Go to Acts 8:21">Acts 8:21 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “You have no part with us in this word” (<i>logos</i>). The Aramaic is “You have no portion in this faith.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7252" title="Go to Acts 8:23">Acts 8:23 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “bitter anger.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7254" title="Go to Acts 8:25">Acts 8:25 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7256" title="Go to Acts 8:27">Acts 8:27 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied by the Aramaic word <i>mhymna</i>, a homonym that can mean “believer” or “eunuch.” It is difficult to understand why a minister of finance would need to become a eunuch.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7260" title="Go to Acts 8:31">Acts 8:31 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “unless someone guide me.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7262" title="Go to Acts 8:33">Acts 8:33 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Which means he had no one there to defend him and stand up for justice.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7262" title="Go to Acts 8:33">Acts 8:33 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. Both the Greek and the Aramaic are difficult to translate. The Greek is “Who can describe his posterity?” or “Who could describe the [evil] people of his time?” The Aramaic word for “struggles” (sufferings) and “generation” is the homonym <i>darreh</i>. See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.53.7" href="/passage/?search=Isa.53.7&version=TPT">53:7-8 o </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7266" title="Go to Acts 8:37">Acts 8:37 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although only a few later Greek manuscripts include <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.8.37" href="/passage/?search=Acts.8.37&version=TPT">v. 37 p </a> , it is found in one of the oldest Aramaic texts (Harklean Syriac Version, AD 616) and one Greek uncial from the eighth century. There is widespread consensus among scholars of both Greek and Aramaic texts that <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.8.37" href="/passage/?search=Acts.8.37&version=TPT">v. 37 p </a>  was added as an ancient Christian confession of faith.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7267" title="Go to Acts 8:38">Acts 8:38 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There was no need to go down into the water if it was a baptism of sprinkling. Philip immersed the believing Ethiopian man in baptism.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7268" title="Go to Acts 8:39">Acts 8:39 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Azotus.” This translation of Philip was an amazing miracle, as the city of Ashdod would have been fifteen miles or more from the desert road to Gaza. This miracle of being translated also took place with Ezekiel. See Ezek. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ezek.3.12" href="/passage/?search=Ezek.3.12&version=TPT">3:12-15 r </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7268" title="Go to Acts 8:39">Acts 8:39 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This prominent Roman city was also known as Caesarea by the Sea.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7269" title="Go to Acts 9:1">Acts 9:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7270" title="Go to Acts 9:2">Acts 9:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “synagogues of Damascus.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7270" title="Go to Acts 9:2">Acts 9:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The “Way” is Jesus Christ, the way that God dispenses himself into human beings. He lives inside of those who believe in him. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.14.6" href="/passage/?search=John.14.6&version=TPT">John 14:6 c </a> . “The Way” is also a term Luke uses throughout the book of Acts to designate believers in Jesus.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7272" title="Go to Acts 9:4">Acts 9:4 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>To persecute the church is to persecute Jesus. He is one with his beloved church. See Zech. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Zech.2.8" href="/passage/?search=Zech.2.8&version=TPT">2:8 d </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7273" title="Go to Acts 9:5">Acts 9:5 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic, which uses the word <i>scion</i>. Although <i>scion</i> is often translated “branch” (Nazarene), it can also be mean “victorious” or “heir of a mighty family.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7273" title="Go to Acts 9:5">Acts 9:5 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic adds a line here that can be translated “Is it hard for you to rear up against a scorpion’s stinger” (or goads)?</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7276" title="Go to Acts 9:10">Acts 9:10 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic, or “Fat Street.” The Greek is “Straight Street.” As the straightest street in the city, this is the main east-west thoroughfare in Damascus, which is known today as Midhat Pasha Souq. Damascus, only 190 miles northeast of Jerusalem, in 2017 has a population of about two million and is considered to be the oldest continually inhabited city in the world. Many remnants of the Roman occupation, including two-thirds of the walls of the city, can still be seen today. The conversion of Saul the legalist into Paul the grace preacher has a significant lesson for us. We can be amazingly wrong while thinking we are doing right. The Holy Spirit awakens our hearts to feast on Christ, our righteousness. Religion has a deadening effect on our hearts. Like Saul, we have to fall off our “high horse” and bite the dust before our blinded eyes can see.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7276" title="Go to Acts 9:10">Acts 9:10 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Tarsus, or Cilicia, is in southeastern Turkey. Tarsus means “a basket.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.9.25" href="/passage/?search=Acts.9.25&version=TPT">v. 25 h </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7276" title="Go to Acts 9:10">Acts 9:10 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Judas’ house.” (Judah’s house is the house of praise).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7276" title="Go to Acts 9:10">Acts 9:10 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Made explicit from the text.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7276" title="Go to Acts 9:10">Acts 9:10 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Ananias means “the Lord’s gracious gift.” He truly was the Lord’s gracious gift to Paul, who was healed by God’s gracious gift. The word <i>grace</i> is found 125 times in the New Testament, and Paul uses the word 120 times.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7276" title="Go to Acts 9:10">Acts 9:10 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Ananias means “Yah is merciful.” This is a wonderful play on words in the Aramaic, for God is about to show mercy to Saul and is asking Ananias to live up to his name.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7277" title="Go to Acts 9:13">Acts 9:13 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “your holy ones.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7279" title="Go to Acts 9:15">Acts 9:15 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic word for “Yahweh,” <i>MarYah</i>.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7279" title="Go to Acts 9:15">Acts 9:15 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “tool.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7280" title="Go to Acts 9:16">Acts 9:16 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “experience.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7283" title="Go to Acts 9:19">Acts 9:19 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some Aramaic manuscripts add, “He accepted the message of salvation,” or “He received the hope” (of the kingdom).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7283" title="Go to Acts 9:19">Acts 9:19 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The sentence “Saul remained with the disciples for several days” has been placed in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.9.22" href="/passage/?search=Acts.9.22&version=TPT">v. 22 r </a>  as a concluding statement of the narrative.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7284" title="Go to Acts 9:20">Acts 9:20 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7284" title="Go to Acts 9:20">Acts 9:20 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “This Man is the Son of God.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7289" title="Go to Acts 9:25">Acts 9:25 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.11.33" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.11.33&version=TPT">2 Cor. 11:33 u </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7291" title="Go to Acts 9:27">Acts 9:27 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.4.36" href="/passage/?search=Acts.4.36&version=TPT">Acts 4:36-37 v </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7292" title="Go to Acts 9:28">Acts 9:28 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “in the name of Jesus.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7293" title="Go to Acts 9:29">Acts 9:29 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Hellenist Jews.” These were Jews who had adopted the Greek culture and language, as opposed to the orthodox Jews, who were strictly following Hebrew culture. The respected historian Josephus writes in AD 44, in his book of Jewish wars, that Greek was not the predominant language spoken in Israel. (See <i>Antiquities</i> xx, xi, 2.) The Hellenists were Jewish immigrants who had lived in Alexandria, Greece, and in Rome. They would have learned Greek culture and language as well as Hebrew.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7294" title="Go to Acts 9:30">Acts 9:30 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Tarsus was a city in south-central Turkey, about ten miles from the Mediterranean coast. Saul’s family originated from Tarsus, but he grew up in Jerusalem as an orthodox Jew.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7295" title="Go to Acts 9:31">Acts 9:31 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The “church” in a region is mentioned here, “Judea, Galilee, and Samaria.” Even though great cultural distinctions existed between them, the Holy Spirit had made them one church.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7295" title="Go to Acts 9:31">Acts 9:31 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the Hebraic concept of “the fear of the Lord,” which means more than just dread or terror. It also includes “to worship with awe.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7296" title="Go to Acts 9:32">Acts 9:32 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “traveling.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7296" title="Go to Acts 9:32">Acts 9:32 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Lydda (Aramaic, <i>Lod</i>) means “strife.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7297" title="Go to Acts 9:33">Acts 9:33 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Aeneas means “praise.” “Praise” had been paralyzed for eight years. Eight is the number of a new beginning.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7299" title="Go to Acts 9:35">Acts 9:35 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “they turned to the Lord.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7300" title="Go to Acts 9:36">Acts 9:36 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Dorcas,” which is the Greek word for “deer.” The name Dorcas is also found in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.9.39" href="/passage/?search=Acts.9.39&version=TPT">v. 39 f </a>  in the Greek.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7301" title="Go to Acts 9:37">Acts 9:37 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “washed her body.” By implication they prepared her for burial.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7304" title="Go to Acts 9:40">Acts 9:40 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word used here is <i>ekballo</i>, a strong word that can mean “drive out” or “cast out.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7307" title="Go to Acts 9:43">Acts 9:43 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Simon Berseus.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7308" title="Go to Acts 10:1">Acts 10:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Cornelius was a centurion who was in charge of a sixth of a cohort of six hundred men. It seems likely that Cornelius was a gentile who had converted to Judaism.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7311" title="Go to Acts 10:4">Acts 10:4 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “as an offering that he remembers.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7312" title="Go to Acts 10:5">Acts 10:5 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Simon, who is also called Peter” (Rock).</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7316" title="Go to Acts 10:9">Acts 10:9 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was common when the house was filled with smoke from the cooking fires.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7317" title="Go to Acts 10:10">Acts 10:10 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word for “trance” (<i>ekstasis</i>, from which we get the word <i>ecstasy</i>) literally means “to be taken to another place” (state or realm). (See <i>Strong’s Concordance</i>, Gr. 1611.) He was actually taken into another realm as a trance came over him.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7322" title="Go to Acts 10:15">Acts 10:15 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “purified.” The meaning of this spiritual vision is this: God has declared every human being to be of special worth and dignity. The entire world needs the gospel. The four corners of the large tablecloth represent the four corners of the earth. The clean animals represent God’s people, the Jews, and the unclean speak of the non-Jewish nations. This encounter helped Peter understand that God was about to send him off with the men who were at the door of the house, even though their religion had been labeled “unclean.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7323" title="Go to Acts 10:16">Acts 10:16 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter’s history contains a number of threes. Peter denied he knew Jesus three times, the Lord restored Peter by challenging his love three times, and here we have the vision repeated three times.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7325" title="Go to Acts 10:18">Acts 10:18 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Peter.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7326" title="Go to Acts 10:19">Acts 10:19 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Don’t let prejudice keep you from going with them.” The Aramaic is literally “Don’t be divided” (in your soul).</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7328" title="Go to Acts 10:22">Acts 10:22 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “fears God.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7334" title="Go to Acts 10:28">Acts 10:28 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “forbidden.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7335" title="Go to Acts 10:29">Acts 10:29 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “I was destined to come to you.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7336" title="Go to Acts 10:30">Acts 10:30 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek has no mention of Cornelius fasting.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7337" title="Go to Acts 10:31">Acts 10:31 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “Your acts of righteousness are offerings before God.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7340" title="Go to Acts 10:34">Acts 10:34 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “God is not the God of hypocrites.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7340" title="Go to Acts 10:34">Acts 10:34 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek is “God is not one who receives masks (faces).” God doesn’t treat us according to externalities but according to what is in our hearts.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7342" title="Go to Acts 10:36">Acts 10:36 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “For the Living Expression was the inheritance of the Jewish people.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7342" title="Go to Acts 10:36">Acts 10:36 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or by inference, “peace with God through Jesus Christ.” Only the Aramaic has “hope and peace.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7342" title="Go to Acts 10:36">Acts 10:36 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “who is Master Yahweh of all.” That is, Jesus is Lord, not just for the Jewish people but for all people groups. The Aramaic is “who is Master Yahweh of all.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7344" title="Go to Acts 10:38">Acts 10:38 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word for “devil” can also be translated “slanderer-liar.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7345" title="Go to Acts 10:39">Acts 10:39 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “things.” By inference, the miracles of healing and deliverance.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7345" title="Go to Acts 10:39">Acts 10:39 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “hung him on a tree and killed him.” See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.21.23" href="/passage/?search=Deut.21.23&version=TPT">21:23 v </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7346" title="Go to Acts 10:40">Acts 10:40 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7347" title="Go to Acts 10:41">Acts 10:41 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The word <i>sumpino</i> means “to drink together.” It is used only here in the New Testament and refers to being refreshed by drinking the after-dinner wine together. Jesus celebrated with his disciples after his resurrection. He still longs to celebrate with us today.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7347" title="Go to Acts 10:41">Acts 10:41 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.24.35" href="/passage/?search=Luke.24.35&version=TPT">Luke 24:35-49 y </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7348" title="Go to Acts 10:42">Acts 10:42 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “He commanded us to tell everyone the command.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7349" title="Go to Acts 10:43">Acts 10:43 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “cancellation.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7352" title="Go to Acts 10:46">Acts 10:46 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the gentile Pentecost as the Holy Spirit fell on gentile believers for the first time, imparting to them the gift of tongues.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7354" title="Go to Acts 10:48">Acts 10:48 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>At last the gospel broke through and penetrated into the non-Jewish cultures and people groups. The Holy Spirit was now uniting Jewish believers and non-Jewish believers into one mystical body of Christ on the earth. Because of this, there would no longer be a distinction between Jew and non-Jew, but one family of believers formed by faith in Jesus Christ. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gal.3.26" href="/passage/?search=Gal.3.26&version=TPT">Gal. 3:26-29 c </a> . The three conversions of the Ethiopian dignitary in ch. 8, Saul of Tarsus in ch. 9, and the Roman officer Cornelius in ch. 10 prove the power of the gospel of God. One could view these three represent all of the sons of Noah: Ham (Ethiopian), Shem (Saul), and Japheth (the Roman Cornelius). A black man, a Jew, and a gentile were converted!</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7359" title="Go to Acts 11:5">Acts 11:5 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See footnote on <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.10.10" href="/passage/?search=Acts.10.10&version=TPT">Acts 10:10 a </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7373" title="Go to Acts 11:19">Acts 11:19 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Phoenicia.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7374" title="Go to Acts 11:20">Acts 11:20 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>A city on the coast of Libya. Some have linked the man who carried the cross of Jesus, Simon of Cyrene, to this group of missionary evangelists.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7374" title="Go to Acts 11:20">Acts 11:20 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Antioch was important from both a commercial and a military point of view. It was the seat of the Roman governor-general, with large garrisons and military supplies stored there. It was also a center of art and culture, known for its beauty and recognized as the capital of the Syrian kingdom. The church prospered greatly in Antioch, and it became a Christian hub and headquarters for the apostles. For many centuries in church history, Antioch remained a strong witness for evangelization, sending missionaries into Persia and throughout the Roman Empire.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7374" title="Go to Acts 11:20">Acts 11:20 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>In the early days of the church, every believer was a missionary. There was a great cost involved with following Christ. They laid their lives down to serve him and to make him known among the nations. Not just the apostles, but all of the believers did their part in spreading the teachings of Jesus wherever they went.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7377" title="Go to Acts 11:23">Acts 11:23 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Barnabas was given the nickname “Encourager.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.4.36" href="/passage/?search=Acts.4.36&version=TPT">Acts 4:36-37 f </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7377" title="Go to Acts 11:23">Acts 11:23 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “He begged them to imitate the Lord with all their hearts.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7378" title="Go to Acts 11:24">Acts 11:24 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “He was a blessed man.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7380" title="Go to Acts 11:26">Acts 11:26 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Christians.” The Greek word <i>chrematizo</i> means “supernaturally revealed” (imparted), more than simply “called.” It was first in Antioch that the revelation came that the believers were anointed ones. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.2.12" href="/passage/?search=Matt.2.12&version=TPT">Matt. 2:12 i </a> , where the term is used as God giving revelation in a dream.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7382" title="Go to Acts 11:28">Acts 11:28 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This would have been about AD 45–46.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7384" title="Go to Acts 11:30">Acts 11:30 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “priests.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7384" title="Go to Acts 11:30">Acts 11:30 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Upon hearing the prophecy of a famine coming, the church of Antioch determined to receive an offering for the Judean believers, for the gospel came to them from Jerusalem. They gave back to the place where the gospel was sent to them.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7385" title="Go to Acts 12:1">Acts 12:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “King Herod Agrippa.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7386" title="Go to Acts 12:2">Acts 12:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “James.” Both Greek and Aramaic leave the Hebrew name as it is, Jacob. According to the Gospels, Jacob (James) and John were the first two disciples of Jesus, and Jacob was the first apostle to be martyred.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7386" title="Go to Acts 12:2">Acts 12:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “executed by the sword.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7387" title="Go to Acts 12:3">Acts 12:3 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>These events most likely took place in AD 42 or 43.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7388" title="Go to Acts 12:5">Acts 12:5 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek phrase used here for “intense intercession” means “to stretch tightly in prayer.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8773" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:32">1 Corinthians 15:32 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It does not appear that these wild beasts were animals. Rather, Paul is referring figuratively to beastly men and their savage opposition that Paul had to endure in Ephesus (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.19.28" href="/passage/?search=Acts.19.28&version=TPT">Acts 19:28-31 y </a> ). Elsewhere in the Bible wicked men are called beasts (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Titus.1.12" href="/passage/?search=Titus.1.12&version=TPT">Titus 1:12 y </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Pet.2.12" href="/passage/?search=2Pet.2.12&version=TPT">2 Peter 2:12 y </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jude.1.10" href="/passage/?search=Jude.1.10&version=TPT">Jude 10 y </a> ). The author of <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.73" href="/passage/?search=Ps.73&version=TPT">Ps. 73 y </a>  described himself as a “brute beast” when he wandered away from God (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.73.22" href="/passage/?search=Ps.73.22&version=TPT">Ps. 73:22 y </a> ). When naming all of the hardships that he endured, Paul did not mention fighting wild beasts (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.11.23" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.11.23&version=TPT">2 Cor. 11:23-28 y </a> ).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8773" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:32">1 Corinthians 15:32 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.22.13" href="/passage/?search=Isa.22.13&version=TPT">22:13 z </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.12.19" href="/passage/?search=Luke.12.19&version=TPT">Luke 12:19 z </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8774" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:33">1 Corinthians 15:33 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is likely a quotation from the Athenian poet Menander (<i>Thras.</i> 218). Paul is using this quote to encourage the believers to stay away from those who deny the resurrection.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8775" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:34">1 Corinthians 15:34 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Stop sinning.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8775" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:34">1 Corinthians 15:34 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “Some have not the knowledge of God.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8775" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:34">1 Corinthians 15:34 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The motivation of Paul giving them the exhortation in this verse is the resurrection from the dead. We have a glorious hope of resurrection awaiting us, and for that reason, we live our lives with eternity in view.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8779" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:38">1 Corinthians 15:38 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul is teaching us of the resurrected body every believer will one day possess. Our bodies will then be perfect, renewed, transformed, indestructible, and not limited to the laws of nature. We will never get sick and never experience death again. We will still have our personalities as individuals but without any hint of sin. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Phil.3.21" href="/passage/?search=Phil.3.21&version=TPT">Phil. 3:21 e </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8784" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:43">1 Corinthians 15:43 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “They are buried in agony, but raised in glory.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8786" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:45">1 Corinthians 15:45 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.2.7" href="/passage/?search=Gen.2.7&version=TPT">2:7 g </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8786" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:45">1 Corinthians 15:45 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The last Adam is Jesus Christ. As the last Adam, he ended Adam’s race and began a new species of humans who are indwelt by the Holy Spirit and carry the life of Christ within them.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8788" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:47">1 Corinthians 15:47 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8788" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:47">1 Corinthians 15:47 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>In God’s eyes there are only two men, Adam and Christ. Every human being is a copy of one or the other. To be in Adam is to be lost and merely human, but to be in Christ is to be wrapped into the Anointed One as one who carries the life of Christ within.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8790" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:49">1 Corinthians 15:49 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic word can be translated either “let us” or “we shall.” This may explain the variation among Greek manuscripts.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8790" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:49">1 Corinthians 15:49 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, just as Jesus now has an earthly body transformed into a spiritual body, so we will have our bodies transformed into heavenly bodies.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8793" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:52">1 Corinthians 15:52 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “in an atom of time [Gr. <i>en atomo</i>].”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8795" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:54">1 Corinthians 15:54 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.25.8" href="/passage/?search=Isa.25.8&version=TPT">25:8 n </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8796" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:55">1 Corinthians 15:55 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “your scorpion sting.” See Hos. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Hos.13.14" href="/passage/?search=Hos.13.14&version=TPT">13:14 o </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8797" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:56">1 Corinthians 15:56 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>In reading <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.15.55" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.15.55&version=TPT">vv. 55 p </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.15.56" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.15.56&version=TPT">56 p </a>  together, we can see that the victory of <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.15.55" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.15.55&version=TPT">v. 55 p </a>  is the total victory over sin at the cross where we were co-crucified with Jesus Christ. The sting of <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.15.55" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.15.55&version=TPT">v. 55 p </a>  that is removed is the empowering of sin by the law.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8798" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:57">1 Corinthians 15:57 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “Accept God’s grace.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8798" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:57">1 Corinthians 15:57 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>What an amazing summary of what Jesus Christ has accomplished for us! Although Satan seemed to be victorious, the cross of Christ defeated him, defeated death, and defeated sin, making us into victorious conquerors who have hope beyond the grave.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8799" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:58">1 Corinthians 15:58 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “dear brothers and sisters.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8799" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:58">1 Corinthians 15:58 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek can be translated “Always have the Lord’s possessions in abundance.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8799" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:58">1 Corinthians 15:58 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Your labor in the Lord is not without effect.” This final clause is litotes, a double negative, which is best conveyed in a positive form.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8800" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 16:1">1 Corinthians 16:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although it is implied here, it is made explicit in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.16.3" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.16.3&version=TPT">v. 3 a </a>  that the offering was for those in Jerusalem.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8800" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 16:1">1 Corinthians 16:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Galatia is a region of the Anatolia province of central Turkey.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8808" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 16:9">1 Corinthians 16:9 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.19" href="/passage/?search=Acts.19&version=TPT">Acts 19 c </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8811" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 16:12">1 Corinthians 16:12 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The other brothers may have been those who carried the letter from the Corinthians to Paul, Stephanas, Fortunatus, and Achaicus (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.16.17" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.16.17&version=TPT">1 Cor. 16:17 d </a> ).</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8814" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 16:15">1 Corinthians 16:15 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>At the time Paul wrote to the Corinthians, Achaia was a Roman province in southern Greece.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8814" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 16:15">1 Corinthians 16:15 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Whenever we minister to God’s people, we are ministering to the Lord. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.25.34" href="/passage/?search=Matt.25.34&version=TPT">Matt. 25:34-46 f </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8816" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 16:17">1 Corinthians 16:17 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'><i>Stephanas</i> means “crowned.” Some believe that he was the Philippian jailor who, along with his household, became the first believers in Philippi.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8816" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 16:17">1 Corinthians 16:17 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'><i>Fortunatus</i> means “blessed.” He is recognized in the Orthodox Church as one of the seventy disciples sent out by Jesus as an apostle.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8816" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 16:17">1 Corinthians 16:17 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'><i>Achaicus</i> means “a native of Achaia.” He is recognized in church history as one of the seventy disciples sent out by Jesus as an apostle.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8818" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 16:19">1 Corinthians 16:19 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “[the Roman province] of Asia.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8818" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 16:19">1 Corinthians 16:19 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'><i>Prisca</i> was a diminutive form of Priscilla (“long life”). She and her husband, Aquila (“eagle”), were tentmakers like Paul. They were not only business partners but partners with him in ministry. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.18.2" href="/passage/?search=Acts.18.2&version=TPT">Acts 18:2 k </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.18.18" href="/passage/?search=Acts.18.18&version=TPT">18 k </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.18.26" href="/passage/?search=Acts.18.26&version=TPT">26 k </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Tim.4.19" href="/passage/?search=2Tim.4.19&version=TPT">2 Tim. 4:19 k </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8819" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 16:20">1 Corinthians 16:20 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>What makes a kiss holy is that it comes from the love of God. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.1.2" href="/passage/?search=Song.1.2&version=TPT">Song. 1:2 l </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8821" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 16:22">1 Corinthians 16:22 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “accursed.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8821" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 16:22">1 Corinthians 16:22 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Maranatha!” This is an Aramaic word that can be translated in two ways, “Come, our Lord” or “Our Lord has come.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8824" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:1">2 Corinthians 1:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although this letter was addressed primarily to the Corinthians, it was intended to be read by the churches in southern Greece (Achaia).</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8826" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:3">2 Corinthians 1:3 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Unlike Paul’s other letters, he skips over making his customary pleasant greeting to the Corinthians and begins this letter bursting with exuberant praise to God, who had delivered him from all of his painful ordeals. Tender mercy and compassion originate with God. As a kind father has compassion on his children, so God tenderly cares for each one of us. When suffering greets us, the God of mercy sustains us. His comfort is permanent and endless. See Mic. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mic.7.18" href="/passage/?search=Mic.7.18&version=TPT">7:18-19 b </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8828" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:5">2 Corinthians 1:5 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, “the sufferings we endure because of faithfully following Christ.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8830" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:7">2 Corinthians 1:7 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “firmly guaranteed.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8831" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:8">2 Corinthians 1:8 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Asia.” This was not the continent of Asia known today, but the Roman province of Asia comprised of western Turkey.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8831" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:8">2 Corinthians 1:8 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>We are not told exactly what overwhelming suffering Paul endured that caused him to write these words with such honest emotion. Some believe he had escaped an assassination attempt or perhaps a mob who had gathered to kill him. Regardless, the sufferings Paul endured were many. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.11.23" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.11.23&version=TPT">2 Cor. 11:23-33 f </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8832" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:9">2 Corinthians 1:9 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek text is extremely emphatic: “It felt like we ourselves, within our very beings, had received the verdict of death!”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8834" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:11">2 Corinthians 1:11 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “as you lift up your faces to God in prayer.” Paul knew that intercessory prayer has the power to change the future.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8835" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:12">2 Corinthians 1:12 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “indeed, our boasting and the testimony of our conscience.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8835" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:12">2 Corinthians 1:12 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul regularly uses “we” and “our” in 2 Corinthians to refer to apostles and apostolic ministry.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8835" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:12">2 Corinthians 1:12 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “We have behaved in the world with holiness and godly sincerity” (Aramaic, “purity”). Our boast and joy in ministry is not what we have done or how many followers we have, but that our conscience is clean and our motives unmixed. Paul is not taking credit for himself but stating clearly that God’s grace was his source of strength and purity.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8837" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:14">2 Corinthians 1:14 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “to the end.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8838" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:15">2 Corinthians 1:15 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied and made explicit from <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.1.15" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.1.15&version=TPT">v. 15 m </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8838" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:15">2 Corinthians 1:15 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a second pleasure.” It is possible Paul is using a figure of speech for his second trip to visit them.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8838" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:15">2 Corinthians 1:15 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Judea.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8839" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:17">2 Corinthians 1:17 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “according to the [ways of the] flesh.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8839" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:17">2 Corinthians 1:17 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The change of Paul’s plans was used by his detractors as a sign of him being untrust-worthy. But Paul explains that his itinerary change was not an indication of a lack of concern for them, but because he didn’t want to come and have to rebuke them. He wanted to give the Holy Spirit time in their lives to help work out their issues. His longing was to come with joy and to impart his joy to them, rather than causing more pain. This is why he wrote an emotional letter to them pleading with them to change their ways.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8840" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:18">2 Corinthians 1:18 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “my message.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8842" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:20">2 Corinthians 1:20 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “All of the kingdoms of God are in him.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8842" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:20">2 Corinthians 1:20 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word for “amen” means “That’s right!”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8842" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:20">2 Corinthians 1:20 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This elliptical sentence could imply the following: (1) It is through Christ that we hear and believe God’s promises and say the declaration of our faith, “Amen,” or (2) it is Christ who speaks through us the “Amen” (of faith).</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8844" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:22">2 Corinthians 1:22 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word for seal is <i>sphragizo</i>. God has sealed believers with a seven-fold seal: (1) a seal of security, sealed tightly and kept secure in God’s love (Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.32.34" href="/passage/?search=Deut.32.34&version=TPT">32:34 v </a> ; Job <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Job.14.17" href="/passage/?search=Job.14.17&version=TPT">14:17 v </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.27.66" href="/passage/?search=Matt.27.66&version=TPT">Matt. 27:66 v </a> ), (2) a seal of authentication that marks us as God’s very own (1 Kings <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Kgs.21.8" href="/passage/?search=1Kgs.21.8&version=TPT">21:8 v </a> ; Est. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Esth.8.10" href="/passage/?search=Esth.8.10&version=TPT">8:10 v </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.6.27" href="/passage/?search=John.6.27&version=TPT">John 6:27 v </a> ), (3) a seal to certify genuineness (Est. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Esth.8.8" href="/passage/?search=Esth.8.8&version=TPT">8:8 v </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Esth.8.10" href="/passage/?search=Esth.8.10&version=TPT">10 v </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.3.33" href="/passage/?search=John.3.33&version=TPT">John 3:33 v </a> ), (4) a seal of ownership (Neh. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Neh.10.1" href="/passage/?search=Neh.10.1&version=TPT">10:1 v </a> ; Jer. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jer.32.44" href="/passage/?search=Jer.32.44&version=TPT">32:44 v </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.1.22" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.1.22&version=TPT">2 Cor. 1:22 v </a> ), (5) a seal of approval (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.1.13" href="/passage/?search=Eph.1.13&version=TPT">Eph. 1:13-14 v </a> ), (6) a seal of righteousness (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.4.11" href="/passage/?search=Rom.4.11&version=TPT">Rom. 4:11 v </a> ), and (7) a seal denoting a promise to be fulfilled (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.5.5" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.5.5&version=TPT">2 Cor. 5:5 v </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.1.13" href="/passage/?search=Eph.1.13&version=TPT">Eph. 1:13-14 v </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.4.30" href="/passage/?search=Eph.4.30&version=TPT">4:30 v </a> ). The mark given by the beast is upon the forehead and hand, but the “seal” of Christ is over our hearts. Jesus, our Bridegroom, invites us to place him over our hearts like a fiery seal of love, the jealous flame of God that burns continually in our hearts (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.8.6" href="/passage/?search=Song.8.6&version=TPT">Song. 8:6 v </a> ). We are born of the Spirit, sealed with the Spirit, indwelt by the Spirit, baptized in the Spirit, filled with the Spirit, made one (unity) in the Spirit, given gifts of the Spirit, and given ministries by the Spirit. He is a promise, a seal, and a guarantee of receiving our full inheritance. The Greek word for “down payment” is <i>arrabon</i> and is used in Greek culture for “engagement ring.” Notice in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.1.21" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.1.21&version=TPT">vv. 21–22 v </a>  that the Trinity (Father, Son, and Holy Spirit) is involved in bringing all this to pass.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8846" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:24">2 Corinthians 1:24 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “dictate what you must believe.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8846" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:24">2 Corinthians 1:24 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “We are helpers of your joy.” True ministry in God’s kingdom is to be coworkers with those we serve, laboring to see them overflow with joy. There is no control that leaders are to have over the people they serve; rather, they are to inspire lives to be filled with the joy of knowing Jesus.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8846" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 1:24">2 Corinthians 1:24 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “For it is through faith that you stand.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8847" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 2:1">2 Corinthians 2:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.2.4" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.2.4&version=TPT">2 Cor. 2:4-11 a </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8847" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 2:1">2 Corinthians 2:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul implies that he had already paid them one painful visit (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.1.15" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.1.15&version=TPT">1:15-17 b </a> ).</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8850" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 2:4">2 Corinthians 2:4 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul is referring here (and in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.2.3" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.2.3&version=TPT">v. 3 c </a> ) not to 1 Corinthians but to a letter he had written them after they received 1 Corinthians and failed to properly respond to what he wrote. This painful letter (see also 7:8) was a reprimand that powerfully impacted them. God has sovereignly chosen that we would not have this painful letter included in the New Testament, but its impact on the Corinthians is noteworthy. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.27.6" href="/passage/?search=Prov.27.6&version=TPT">Prov. 27:6 c </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8852" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 2:6">2 Corinthians 2:6 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “Your triple rebuke is enough punishment.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8857" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 2:11">2 Corinthians 2:11 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “so that Satan will not overtake us.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8859" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 2:13">2 Corinthians 2:13 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Titus was a spiritual son to Paul whom he greatly loved. This is the Titus Paul wrote his letter to (book of Titus). He was responsible to collect and distribute an offering for the church in Jerusalem (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.8.6" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.8.6&version=TPT">2 Cor. 8:6 f </a> ). It is possible that Titus was the one who carried the painful letter to Corinth. After finding Titus in Macedonia, Paul sent him back to Corinth to deliver this letter.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8860" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 2:14">2 Corinthians 2:14 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “Thanks be to God.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8860" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 2:14">2 Corinthians 2:14 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “who always leads us as captives in his triumphant procession.” This difficult-to-translate passage may be an allusion to the Roman victory procession in celebration of their military triumphs. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Col.2.15" href="/passage/?search=Col.2.15&version=TPT">Col. 2:15 h </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8860" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 2:14">2 Corinthians 2:14 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “manifests.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8861" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 2:15">2 Corinthians 2:15 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although this is true of every believer, Paul, throughout this section, uses “we” in reference to apostles.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8861" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 2:15">2 Corinthians 2:15 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “We are Christ’s sweet fragrance [of sacrifice] that ascends to God.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8861" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 2:15">2 Corinthians 2:15 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, a sacrifice ready to be offered.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8862" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 2:16">2 Corinthians 2:16 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As challenging as our ministry may be, God empowers us to overcome by his Holy Spirit. He empowers everyone he calls.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8863" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 2:17">2 Corinthians 2:17 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>kapeleuo</i> (a hapax legomenon) means “retailer,” but in classical Greek it comes with a negative connotation (“one who sells at an illegitimate profit”). The adverbial form of the noun is “cheating” or “deceitful.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8863" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 2:17">2 Corinthians 2:17 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul states that his ministry of teaching and preaching happened while he was in the presence of God. His eyes were set on God, not on the people’s response.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8864" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 3:1">2 Corinthians 3:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Apparently, there were some insecure and phony ministers who would carry forged letters of recommendation in an attempt to validate their ministry. Paul’s supernatural ministry needed no such letter of recommendation.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8866" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 3:3">2 Corinthians 3:3 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.24.12" href="/passage/?search=Exod.24.12&version=TPT">24:12 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.31.18" href="/passage/?search=Exod.31.18&version=TPT">31:18 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.34.1" href="/passage/?search=Exod.34.1&version=TPT">34:1 b </a> ; Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.9.10" href="/passage/?search=Deut.9.10&version=TPT">9:10-11 b </a> ; Jer. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jer.38.33" href="/passage/?search=Jer.38.33&version=TPT">38:33 b </a>  (LXX).</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8869" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 3:6">2 Corinthians 3:6 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>To illustrate this, on the day when the law was given by Moses, three thousand people were killed, but on the day the Spirit was poured out at Pentecost, three thousand people received new life. See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.32.28" href="/passage/?search=Exod.32.28&version=TPT">32:28 c </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.2.41" href="/passage/?search=Acts.2.41&version=TPT">Acts 2:41 c </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8870" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 3:7">2 Corinthians 3:7 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.34.29" href="/passage/?search=Exod.34.29&version=TPT">34:29 d </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8872" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 3:9">2 Corinthians 3:9 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The contrast here is between a ministry that brings awareness of sin and leads to condemnation and a new ministry that confirms to us that we are made righteous and innocent by the work of the cross and the grace of the Spirit.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8873" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 3:10">2 Corinthians 3:10 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and implied contextually in the Greek.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8876" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 3:13">2 Corinthians 3:13 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the end of what was fading.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8878" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 3:15">2 Corinthians 3:15 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Moses,” an obvious metonymy.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8879" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 3:16">2 Corinthians 3:16 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “Lord Yahweh.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8879" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 3:16">2 Corinthians 3:16 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.34.34" href="/passage/?search=Exod.34.34&version=TPT">34:34 j </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8880" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 3:17">2 Corinthians 3:17 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul is teaching us that not every time the word <i>Lord</i> appears does it mean Jesus Christ. Here we see that “the Lord” refers to the Holy Spirit. When the Holy Spirit is ruling, speaking, convincing us of truth, there is freedom. Jesus calls the Holy Spirit the Lord of the harvest who prepares the workers and the harvest fields, sending them out into specific places for the reaping of souls. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.9.38" href="/passage/?search=Matt.9.38&version=TPT">Matt. 9:38 k </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8881" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 3:18">2 Corinthians 3:18 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “We all, with unveiled faces, behold the glory of the Lord as in a mirror.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8881" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 3:18">2 Corinthians 3:18 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek verb <i>metamorphoo</i> is the same word used for Jesus’ being transfigured on the mountain (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.17.2" href="/passage/?search=Matt.17.2&version=TPT">Matt. 17:2 m </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.9.2" href="/passage/?search=Mark.9.2&version=TPT">Mark 9:2 m </a> ) and for our transfiguration through the renewing of the thoughts of our minds (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.12.2" href="/passage/?search=Rom.12.2&version=TPT">Rom. 12:2 m </a> ).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8881" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 3:18">2 Corinthians 3:18 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The source of our transformation comes from Christ’s glory, and the destination we are brought to is more glory. The transforming glory is the result of gazing upon the beauty and splendor of Jesus Christ.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8881" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 3:18">2 Corinthians 3:18 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Notice the ten aspects of New Testament ministry given by Paul: (1) It is based on the triumph of Christ over every power of darkness (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.2.14" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.2.14&version=TPT">2:14 o </a> ). (2) It diffuses the fragrant aroma of Christ everywhere (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.2.15" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.2.15&version=TPT">2:15-16 o </a> ). (3) It refuses to water down the Word of God (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.2.17" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.2.17&version=TPT">2:17 o </a> ). (4) It produces living letters of Christ (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.3.3" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.3.3&version=TPT">3:3 o </a> ). (5) It is not based on the clever abilities of men but God’s empowering presence (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.3.6" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.3.6&version=TPT">3:6 o </a> ). (6) It imparts life (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.3.6" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.3.6&version=TPT">3:6 o </a> ). (7) It flows from the Holy Spirit (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.3.8" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.3.8&version=TPT">3:8 o </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.3.17" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.3.17&version=TPT">17-18 o </a> ). (8) It imparts righteousness (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.3.9" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.3.9&version=TPT">3:9 o </a> ). (9) It contains a greater glory than the law (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.3.10" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.3.10&version=TPT">3:10-11 o </a> ). (10) It brings the transfiguration of believers into greater levels of glory (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.3.18" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.3.18&version=TPT">3:18 o </a> ).</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8882" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 4:1">2 Corinthians 4:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “God has mercied us.” The Aramaic can be translated “God’s mercy rests on us.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8883" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 4:2">2 Corinthians 4:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “handle the word of God dishonestly.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8883" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 4:2">2 Corinthians 4:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “we commend ourselves.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8885" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 4:4">2 Corinthians 4:4 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Satan is called the god of this age. He uses trickery, deceit, accusation, and slander to blind people’s hearts. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.8.44" href="/passage/?search=John.8.44&version=TPT">John 8:44 d </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.12.31" href="/passage/?search=John.12.31&version=TPT">12:31 d </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.14.30" href="/passage/?search=John.14.30&version=TPT">14:30 d </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.2.2" href="/passage/?search=Eph.2.2&version=TPT">Eph. 2:2 d </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8885" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 4:4">2 Corinthians 4:4 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “the flame of the good news.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8887" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 4:6">2 Corinthians 4:6 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul helps us to understand that “light” is both literal and a metaphor for spiritual revelation, and shows that the creation narrative provides us with an allegory pointing to the experience of new birth in Christ. See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.1.3" href="/passage/?search=Gen.1.3&version=TPT">1:3 f </a> ; Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.9.2" href="/passage/?search=Isa.9.2&version=TPT">9:2 f </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8887" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 4:6">2 Corinthians 4:6 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “in the face-to-face presence of Christ.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8888" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 4:7">2 Corinthians 4:7 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This verse begins a long and complicated Greek sentence that ends with <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.4.10" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.4.10&version=TPT">v. 10 h </a> . Paul uses figurative language to say that we are common clay jars (created from dust/clay) yet we possess the brilliant light of God’s glory, Jesus Christ, and carry him as treasure in our being. The outward vessel is not as important as the glorious treasure within. The metaphors here may allude to Gideon’s clay pots that had burning torches inside (Judg. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Judg.7.16" href="/passage/?search=Judg.7.16&version=TPT">7:16 h </a> ).</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8889" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 4:8">2 Corinthians 4:8 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “perplexed but not thoroughly perplexed.” The Aramaic can be translated “We are corrected but not condemned.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8891" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 4:10">2 Corinthians 4:10 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “carry about in the body the death of Jesus.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8894" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 4:13">2 Corinthians 4:13 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.116.10" href="/passage/?search=Ps.116.10&version=TPT">Ps. 116:10 k </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8896" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 4:15">2 Corinthians 4:15 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.8.28" href="/passage/?search=Rom.8.28&version=TPT">Rom. 8:28 l </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8896" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 4:15">2 Corinthians 4:15 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “to cause thanksgiving to superabound.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8901" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:2">2 Corinthians 5:2 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic uses the phrase “to sigh and yearn.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8904" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:5">2 Corinthians 5:5 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>By giving us the Holy Spirit, God is making us a promise, a guarantee of receiving our full inheritance. The Greek word for “down payment” (or “pledge”) is <i>arrabon</i> and is used in Greek culture for “engagement ring.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8908" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:9">2 Corinthians 5:9 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “at home or away from home.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8908" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:9">2 Corinthians 5:9 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “our driving ambition.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8908" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:9">2 Corinthians 5:9 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “in full agreement with him.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8909" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:10">2 Corinthians 5:10 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “judgment seat.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8909" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:10">2 Corinthians 5:10 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “done in the body” or “time spent in the body.” The judgment for our sins fell upon Christ on the cross, and the believer will never be judged for his sins. This judgment (scrutinizing) is for rewards. There will be different levels of reward given to believers after death. For some, there will be no reward, yet they will still be saved. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.14.10" href="/passage/?search=Rom.14.10&version=TPT">Rom. 14:10-12 g </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.3.10" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.3.10&version=TPT">1 Cor. 3:10-15 g </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8910" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:11">2 Corinthians 5:11 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although the Greek word <i>phobos</i> is usually associated with fear or dread, the classic use of the word is “deepest awe/respect.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1John.4.18" href="/passage/?search=1John.4.18&version=TPT">1 John 4:18 h </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8912" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:13">2 Corinthians 5:13 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>existemi</i> means to be outside of one’s self in a state of blissful ecstasy and filled with pleasure. It is to come into another state of consciousness of being lost in wonder and amazement.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8913" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:14">2 Corinthians 5:14 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul uses the Greek word <i>synecho</i> (<i>syn</i> = “together with”; <i>echo</i> is where we get our English word <i>echo</i>), which is translated as “seize,” “compel,” “urge,” “control,” “lay hold of,” “overwhelm,” “completely dominate.” Paul is stating that the motivating passion of his life is Christ’s love filling his heart, leaving him no choice but to surrender everything to God. Paul gives us seven empowering motivations by which we are to live our lives: (1) the Holy Spirit—<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.5.5" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.5.5&version=TPT">v. 5 j </a> , (2) faith—<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.5.7" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.5.7&version=TPT">v. 7 j </a> , (3) a joyful confidence that we have new bodies waiting for us in heaven—<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.5.8" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.5.8&version=TPT">v. 8 j </a> , (4) our life’s passion to live for Christ—<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.5.9" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.5.9&version=TPT">v. 9 j </a> , (5) the knowledge of our appointment to stand before Christ—<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.5.10" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.5.10&version=TPT">v. 10 j </a> , (6) our holy awe of God—<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.5.11" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.5.11&version=TPT">v. 11 j </a> , (7) Christ’s endless love for us—<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.5.14" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.5.14&version=TPT">v. 14 j </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8914" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:15">2 Corinthians 5:15 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “and he died for all so that those who live.” The repetitive phrase from <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.5.14" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.5.14&version=TPT">v. 14 k </a>  has been enfolded into the verse for the sake of English clarity.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8915" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:16">2 Corinthians 5:16 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>From man’s point of view, Christ was a blasphemer and false teacher. Yet when we see him from the eyes of faith, we view him as the pure and holy one, God’s Son.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8916" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:17">2 Corinthians 5:17 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This would include our old identity, our life of sin, the power of Satan, the religious works of trying to please God, our old relationship with the world, and our old mind-sets. We are not reformed or simply refurbished, we are made completely new by our union with Christ and the indwelling of the Holy Spirit.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8916" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:17">2 Corinthians 5:17 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Behold, a new order has come!”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8917" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:18">2 Corinthians 5:18 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and implied in the Greek.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8917" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:18">2 Corinthians 5:18 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “who has restored us to friendship with God.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8918" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:19">2 Corinthians 5:19 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “God was reconciling the world to himself, not counting their trespasses against them.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8918" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:19">2 Corinthians 5:19 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8919" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:20">2 Corinthians 5:20 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>To be ambassadors for Christ means that we are his diplomatic agents of the highest rank sent to represent King Jesus and authorized to speak on his behalf. We are the voice of heaven to the earth, invested with royal power through the name of Jesus and authority of his blood.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8919" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:20">2 Corinthians 5:20 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “begging.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8920" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:21">2 Corinthians 5:21 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word Paul uses is <i>poieo</i>, a verb that, when nominalized, is <i>poiema</i> (poem, or poetry). Christ is God’s poetic masterpiece who became the glorious sacrifice for sin. Though disturbing to the eyes of man, God saw the work of redemption culminated in the masterful poetry of his Son suspended on a cross to give us heaven’s righteousness. Read Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.52.10" href="/passage/?search=Isa.52.10&version=TPT">52:10-53:12 u </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8920" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:21">2 Corinthians 5:21 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the sin offering.” See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.29.14" href="/passage/?search=Exod.29.14&version=TPT">29:14 v </a> ; Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.4.3" href="/passage/?search=Lev.4.3&version=TPT">4:3 v </a> ; Num. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Num.8.8" href="/passage/?search=Num.8.8&version=TPT">8:8 v </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.5.2" href="/passage/?search=Eph.5.2&version=TPT">Eph. 5:2 v </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8920" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 5:21">2 Corinthians 5:21 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This one verse is perhaps the greatest verse in the New Testament to describe our salvation through the sinless Savior and his substitutionary death on the cross. A wonderful divine exchange took place at the cross. All of our sins were left there, our guilt was removed and forever gone, and we walked away with all of God’s righteousness. What bliss is ours! Every believer today possesses the perfect and complete righteousness of Christ. We are seen by the Father as righteous as his Son.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8921" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:1">2 Corinthians 6:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “not to receive God’s grace in vain.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8922" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:2">2 Corinthians 6:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.49.8" href="/passage/?search=Isa.49.8&version=TPT">49:8 b </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8923" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:3">2 Corinthians 6:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “scandals that cause people to stumble.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8924" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:4">2 Corinthians 6:4 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “reveals our inner souls.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8924" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:4">2 Corinthians 6:4 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “profound hope.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8925" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:5">2 Corinthians 6:5 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “labors.” The Aramaic can be translated “tortures.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8925" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:5">2 Corinthians 6:5 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “fastings.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8926" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:6">2 Corinthians 6:6 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “love without scheming.”</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8927" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:7">2 Corinthians 6:7 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the word of truth [Gr. <i>logos</i>].”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8927" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:7">2 Corinthians 6:7 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “armor.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8927" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:7">2 Corinthians 6:7 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “weapons of righteousness for the right hand and for the left.” By implication, this would mean a shield and a sword—every warrior’s weapons.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8928" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:8">2 Corinthians 6:8 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “cursed” (by others).</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8930" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:10">2 Corinthians 6:10 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated by the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8930" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:10">2 Corinthians 6:10 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>What an amazing list of characteristics of true apostolic ministry. These are the virtues that endeared Paul and his ministry companions to the churches and validated his authority as an example to them of God’s true servant.</span>


bookid: 2Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8932" title="Go to 2 Corinthians 6:12">2 Corinthians 6:12 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “tender mercies.” Second Corinthians is Paul’s most intimate and descriptive letter. He writes of his inner feelings here more than in any other letter.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10358" title="Go to James 5:16">James 5:16 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic, which uses a word that can be translated “faults” or “folly” or “offenses.” The Critical Greek text is “confess your sins.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10358" title="Go to James 5:16">James 5:16 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “restored.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10358" title="Go to James 5:16">James 5:16 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “energized prayer,” a prayer within a prayer.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10359" title="Go to James 5:17">James 5:17 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “he prayed with prayer” (intensity).</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10362" title="Go to James 5:20">James 5:20 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is similar, meaning “save his soul from death.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10362" title="Go to James 5:20">James 5:20 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, bring about forgiveness of many sins through restoring the person back to God. To cover sins is a Hebrew concept of atonement.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10363" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:1">1 Peter 1:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “elect” (believers). As God’s chosen people, this would also refer to the faithful within unfaithful Israel.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10363" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:1">1 Peter 1:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>First Peter, Hebrews, and James were all written to believers who had been scattered like “seed” among the nations due to persecution. Exile is the way the original audience would have described the situation in their day. “Refugees” is a modern equivalent in ours.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10363" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:1">1 Peter 1:1 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Pontus is the region of the Turkish coast of the Black Sea.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10363" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:1">1 Peter 1:1 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Galatia and Cappadocia are regions of central Turkey.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10363" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:1">1 Peter 1:1 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The provinces of Asia (Minor) and Bithynia are modern-day western Turkey.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10364" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:2">1 Peter 1:2 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “be multiplied to you.” Notice all three members of the Trinity are mentioned in this verse: Father God, the Holy Spirit, and Jesus Christ. We are chosen by the Father, set apart (or sanctified) by the Holy Spirit, and submitted to Christ.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10365" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:3">1 Peter 1:3 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the only place in the New Testament where the Greek verb <i>anagennao</i> is found (a hapax legomenon). This shows that God himself is the one who gives us new birth as newborn believers filled with the life of Christ. God is truly our Father, who gives us new life through his living mercy.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10365" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:3">1 Peter 1:3 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some Greek manuscripts and the Aramaic read “the hope of life.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10365" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:3">1 Peter 1:3 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter states that the first result of our new birth is that we are brought into a living hope in the power of God, based on the resurrection of Christ. The God of resurrection gives us a powerful hope to excel in life.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10366" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:4">1 Peter 1:4 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The second result that comes from our new birth is an eternal inheritance, which is available now by faith, and will also be reserved in heaven for us when we pass from death to life. Paul describes it as “every spiritual blessing” that has already been given to us by God (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.1.3" href="/passage/?search=Eph.1.3&version=TPT">Eph. 1:3 j </a> ).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10366" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:4">1 Peter 1:4 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This would no doubt encourage those believers who had scattered from their homelands and been deprived of what they once possessed. Their blessings (and ours) are not only material, but spiritual, from a transcendent reality.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10367" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:5">1 Peter 1:5 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word for “guards us” is <i>phrouroumenous</i>, which comes from a military term (<i>phrouria</i>) meaning “a fort” or “an army garrison stationed to defend a city.” You are continually being watched over and protected by God’s mighty power.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10367" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:5">1 Peter 1:5 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The third result of our new birth that Peter mentions is our full salvation (or deliverance) that will come when Christ is unveiled. It is ready to be revealed and waits for our discovery.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10367" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:5">1 Peter 1:5 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek verb <i>apokalypto</i> means “to unveil and disclose.” Peter is saying that there is a more complete salvation awaiting us when Christ is unveiled in the last days. The nominalized form of <i>apokalypto</i> is the title of the last book of the Bible, Revelation: The Unveiling of Jesus Christ. In just a few verses Peter will tell us that a “grace” will also be revealed to us in the last days (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.1.13" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.1.13&version=TPT">1:13 n </a> ).</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10368" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:6">1 Peter 1:6 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “exult in joy.” The Aramaic can be translated “rejoice for eternity.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10368" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:6">1 Peter 1:6 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter speaks of believers suffering difficulties and persecutions four times in his first letter (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.1.6" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.1.6&version=TPT">1:6-7 p </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.3.13" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.3.13&version=TPT">3:13-17 p </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.4.12" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.4.12&version=TPT">4:12-19 p </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.5.9" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.5.9&version=TPT">5:9 p </a> ).</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10369" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:7">1 Peter 1:7 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “proven character.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10369" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:7">1 Peter 1:7 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “comes out of his concealment.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10370" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:8">1 Peter 1:8 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “a glorification that cannot be described.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10371" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:9">1 Peter 1:9 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the salvation of your souls.”</span>


